VCM-X Modular E-BUS Controller Technical Guide: Factory Packaged Controls

Factory Packaged Controls
VCM-X Modular E-BUS

Controller Technical Guide
VCM-X Modular E-BUS Controller: Tulsa - SS1030; Coil - SS1034
VCM-X WSHP E-BUS Controller: Tulsa - SS1032; Coil - SS1033
Requires System Manager Code: SS1028 Version 1.0 and up
Requires Service Tool Code: SS1027 Version 1.0 and up
RS-485 COMMUNICATION LOOP. WIRE RELAY CONTACT

“R” TO “R”, “T” TO “T” “SHLD” TO “SHLD” RATING IS 1 AMP
MAX @ 24 VAC
RELAY
COMMON
FAN
www.aaon.com RELAY 2
RELAY 3
RELAY 4
RELAY 5
www.orioncontrols.com
VCM-X MODULAR E-BUS CONTROLLER AAON No.:

Orion No.:OE332-23E-VCMX-MOD-A V07150
AI1 = SPC (SPACE TEMPERATURE SENSOR)

AI2 = SAT (SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR)
AI3 = RAT (RETURN AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR)
AI4 = OAT (OUTDOOR AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR)
AI5 = SUCTION PRESSURE SENSOR (FROM EXP. MODULE)
AI7 = SPACE TEMPERATURE SENSOR SLIDE ADJUST
OR VOLTAGE RESET SOURCE
A01 = ECONOMIZER (2-10 VDC OUTPUT)
A02 = SUPPLY FAN VFD (0-10 VDC OUTPUT)
E-BUS
CONNECTOR
ANALOG INPUT
JUMPER LED BLINK CODES
SETTINGS
THERM LED NAME STATUS1 STATUS2
4-20mA
AI1 NORMAL OPERATION 0 1
0-10V
0-5V OAT FAIL 0 2
THERM SAT FAIL 1 2
4-20mA
AI2 SPC FAIL 3 2
0-10V
0-5V MODULE ALARM 4 2
THERM MECH COOL FAIL 1 3
4-20mA
AI3 MECH HEAT FAIL 2 3
0-10V
0-5V FAN PROOF FAIL 3 3
THERM DIRTY FILTER 4 3
4-20mA EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN 5 3
AI4 0-10V
0-5V LOW SAT 1 4
THERM HIGH SAT 2 4

AI5 4-20mA CONT. TEMP COOL FAIL 3 4
0-10V
CONT. TEMP HEAT FAIL 4 4
0-5V
PUSH BUTTON OVR 1 5
THERM
4-20mA ZONE OVR 2 5
AI7
0-10V
OUTPUT FORCE ACTIVE 0 6
0-5V
ANALOG INPUT JUMPER SETTINGS 24 VAC POWER ONLY

MUST BE SET AS SHOWN FOR WARNING! POLARITY MUST BE OBSERVED
PROPER OPERATION OR THE CONTROLLER WILL BE DAMAGED
STATIC WattMaster Label IC

2 2
I C DIGITAL
#LB102073-01-A
PRESSURE EXPANSION SENSOR
Rev.: 1A
TABLE OF CONTENTS
OVERVIEW ............................................................................................................................................................4
Part Number Cross Reference ........................................................................................................................4
Features and Applications ..............................................................................................................................5
VCM-X E-BUS Controller Dimensions ...........................................................................................................7
VCM-X Expansion Module Dimensions .........................................................................................................8
12-Relay Expansion Module Dimensions ....................................................................................................9
4 Binary Input Expansion Module Dimensions ...........................................................................................9
INSTALLATION AND WIRING.............................................................................................................................10

Important Wiring Considerations .................................................................................................................10
VCM-X E-BUS Controller Wiring .................................................................................................................. 11
Digital Room Sensor ...................................................................................................................................12
Wall Mounted Space CO2 Sensor ...............................................................................................................12
Duct Mounted CO2 Sensor..........................................................................................................................13
Space Temperature Sensor ........................................................................................................................14
Remote SAT Reset Signal ..........................................................................................................................14
Supply Air & Return Air Temperature Sensor ..............................................................................................15
Outdoor Air Temperature Sensor ................................................................................................................16
Economizer Damper Actuator .....................................................................................................................17
Supply Fan VFD Signal or Zoning Bypass Damper Actuator Signal...........................................................18
VCM-X Expansion Module Input Wiring .......................................................................................................19
VCM-X Expansion Module Output Wiring ....................................................................................................20
Suction Pressure Transducer Without Copeland Digital Scroll™ Compressor ...........................................21
Suction Pressure Transducer With Copeland Digital Scroll™ Compressor ................................................22
8 Binary Inputs ............................................................................................................................................23
4 Binary Inputs ............................................................................................................................................24
Outdoor Air Humidity Sensor ......................................................................................................................25
Indoor Wall-Mounted Humidity Sensor .......................................................................................................26
Return Air Mounted Humidity Sensor..........................................................................................................27
Title 24 Economizer ....................................................................................................................................28
Building Pressure Sensor ...........................................................................................................................29
Building Pressure Control Output ...............................................................................................................30
Modulating Heating Device .........................................................................................................................31
Modulating Cooling Device .........................................................................................................................32
Return Air Bypass .......................................................................................................................................33
12-Relay Expansion Module Wiring and Jumper Settings .........................................................................34
Air Flow Monitoring Station Installation and Wiring ...................................................................................35
ADDITIONAL APPLICATIONS ............................................................................................................................36

VCM-X Modular E-BUS and VCM-X WSHP E-BUS Controllers .................................................................36
One and Two Condenser Head Pressure Modules ....................................................................................38
Four Compressor Micro Channel Condenser Wiring for HP2C2 ................................................................40
Full Digital Module ......................................................................................................................................42
Dual Digital Module .....................................................................................................................................43
Water Source Heat Pump X2 Module .........................................................................................................44
www.aaon.com
WattMaster Controls Inc. AAON Part Number: V09260

8500 NW River Park Drive · Parkville , MO 64152 AAON® is a registered trademark of AAON, Inc., Tulsa, OK.
Toll Free Phone: 866-918-1100 Copeland Digital Scroll™ is a registered trademark of Copeland Corporation,
PH: (816) 505-1100 · FAX: (816) 505-1101 Sidney, OH. EBTRON® is a registered trademark of Ebtron, Inc., Loris, SC.
E-mail: mail@wattmaster.com GreenTrolTM is a registered trademark of GreenTrol Automation, Inc. Loris, SC.
Visit our web site at www.orioncontrols.com Neither WattMaster Controls, Inc. nor AAON® assumes any responsibility for
WattMaster Form : AA-VCMX-EBUS-TGD-01K errors or omissions in this document.
Copyright April 2015 WattMaster Controls, Inc. This document is subject to change without notice.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
START UP AND COMMISSIONING ....................................................................................................................48

Addressing & Powering Up ...........................................................................................................................48
Controller Addressing..................................................................................................................................48
Power Wiring ..............................................................................................................................................48
Programming the Controller .........................................................................................................................49
Initialization .................................................................................................................................................49
Operating Summary ....................................................................................................................................49
INPUTS AND OUTPUTS .....................................................................................................................................50

VCM-X E-BUS Controller Inputs ...................................................................................................................50
VCM-X E-BUS Controller Outputs and Expansion Module Inputs & Outputs ..........................................51
VCM-X Expansion Module .............................................................................................................................51
4 Binary Input Expansion Module ................................................................................................................52
12-Relay Expansion Module..........................................................................................................................52
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION .............................................................................................................................53

Operation Modes ...........................................................................................................................................53
Occupied/Unoccupied Mode of Operation ..................................................................................................53
HVAC Modes of Operation ..........................................................................................................................53
Remote Control of HVAC Mode ..................................................................................................................60
Supply Air Temperature Setpoint Reset ......................................................................................................60
Air Flow Monitoring .....................................................................................................................................61
Supply Fan Control .....................................................................................................................................61
Duct Static Pressure Control.......................................................................................................................61
Building Pressure Control ...........................................................................................................................62
CAV/MUA Dual Mode (Hood On/Off Operation) .........................................................................................62
MUA Unoccupied Operation .......................................................................................................................62
IAQ (CO2) Operation ...................................................................................................................................62
Pre-Heater Operation..................................................................................................................................63
Heat Wheel .................................................................................................................................................63
Single Zone VAV Mode ...............................................................................................................................63
Outdoor Air Lockouts ..................................................................................................................................63
Supply Air Cutoffs .......................................................................................................................................63
VCM-X Controller Alarms ............................................................................................................................64
VAV/Zone Controller Alarms........................................................................................................................65
Scheduling ..................................................................................................................................................66
Internal Trend Logging ................................................................................................................................66
Force Modes or Overrides ..........................................................................................................................66
VAV Terminal Unit Controller Compatibility .................................................................................................67
VAV/Zone System .......................................................................................................................................67
TROUBLESHOOTING .........................................................................................................................................68
LED Diagnostics.............................................................................................................................................68
APPENDIX ...........................................................................................................................................................70
System Configurations ..................................................................................................................................70
Stand-Alone System Layout .......................................................................................................................71
Interconnected System Layout ...................................................................................................................72
Networked System Layout ..........................................................................................................................73
Temperature Sensor Testing .........................................................................................................................74
OE265 RH Sensor Testing ..........................................................................................................................74
OE271 Pressure Sensor Testing .................................................................................................................75
OE258-01 Pressure Sensor Testing ...........................................................................................................76
OE275-01 Suction Pressure Transducer Testing for R22 and R410A Refrigerant ....................................77
INDEX...................................................................................................................................................................78
VCM-X E-BUS Modular Controller Technical Guide 3

OVERVIEW
Part Number Cross Reference
ORION AAON TULSA AAON COIL
PART DESCRIPTION
PART NUMBER PART NUMBER PART NUMBER
VCM-X Modular E-BUS Controller - AAON Tulsa OE332-23E-VCMX-MOD-A V07150 N/A
VCM-X Modular E-BUS Controller - AAON Coil OE332-23E-VCMX-MOD-C N/A 31422
VCM-X WSHP E-BUS Controller - AAON Tulsa OE332-23E-VCMX-WSHP-A V07140 N/A
VCM-X WSHP E-BUS Controller - AAON Coil OE332-23E-VCMX-WSHP-C N/A 31423
VCM-X Expansion Module OE333-23-EM R69190 30308
VCM-X 12-Relay Expansion Module OE358-23-12R R69180 30309
VCM-X 4 Binary Input Expansion Module OE356-01-BI R82940 30313
Full Digital Module OE370-23-FD-A R74870 N/A
Dual Digital Module OE370-23-DD-C N/A 30311
One Condenser Head Pressure Module OE370-23-HP1C R74860 30648
Two Condenser Head Pressure Module OE370-23-HP2C R90230 30310
WSHP Module - R-410A OE334-23-WPM-C N/A 30318
WSHP Module - R-410A OE334-23-WPM-A R88350 N/A
WSHP Module - R-410A - 20% Glycol OE334-23-WPM-C20 N/A 30830
WSHP Module - R-410A - 20% Glycol OE334-23-WPM-A20 R99750 N/A
WSHP Module - R-410A - 40% Glycol OE334-23-WPM-A40 R99760 N/A
WSHP Module - R-22 OE334-23-WPM-R22 R90680 N/A
Building Static Pressure Sensor OE258-01 R37030 N/A
Bypass & Slave Interface Card PL101824 N/A N/A
Bypass Damper Actuator OE281-04 N/A N/A
CO2 Sensor - Duct Mounted (RA or SA) OE256-02 R82970 30316
CO2 Sensor - Space OE256-01 R82960 30315
CommLink 5 Communications Interface OE361-13 V32950 N/A
Digital Room Sensor - Temp & Humidity OE217-01 R83870 30317
Digital Room Sensor - Temp. Only OE217-00 R83860 N/A
Duct Static Pressure Sensor OE271 P87100 29629
Duct Temperature Sensor - 12" Probe OE231 R44940 / P87140 28503
Duct Temperature Sensor - 6" Probe OE230 R36340 N/A
E-BUS Adapter Board OE365-15-EBA V15840 N/A
IP Module Kit OE415-02 R66770 N/A
MiniLink Polling Device OE364-22 N/A N/A
Modular Service Tool SD - Operator Interface OE391-12 V28140 N/A
Modular System Manager SD - Operator Interface OE392-12 V36570 N/A
Outdoor Air RH Sensor - 3% - 0-5 VDC Output OE265-13 R34700 29569
Outdoor Air Temperature Sensor OE250 P87150 28505
Remote Link II Modem Kit OE419-06 R69760 N/A
Return Air RH Sensor - 3% - 0-5 VDC Output OE265-14 R34650 29573
Room Mounted RH Sensor - 3% - 0-5 VDC Output OE265-11 R34690 29644
Standard Room Sensor - Plain OE210 R31480 N/A
Standard Room Sensor - W/ Override OE211 P87040 N/A
Standard Room Sensor - W/ Override & Slide Adjust OE213 P94320 28606
Standard Room Sensor - W/ Slide Adjust OE212 P94100 N/A
Static Pressure Pickup Tube OE290 S18780 N/A
Suction Pressure Transducer OE275-01 R35890 29565
System Manager TS II - Operator Interface OE392-10 N/A N/A
USB-Link 2 Kit OE366 R71870 N/A
4 VCM-X Modular E-BUS Controller Technical Guide

OVERVIEW
Features and Applications
Features • Selectable Control Sensor
The VCM-X E-BUS series of controllers now consists of the VCM-X • Fan Proving Interlock
Modular E-BUS Controller and the VCM-X WSHP (Water Source Heat • Dirty Filter Alarm
Pump) E-BUS Controller. The VCM-X Modular E-BUS Controller has
replaced the standard VCM-X Controller. The E-BUS versions of these • Emergency Shutdown Input (Smoke Detector/Firestat or
controllers now allow the various E-BUS modules to connect directly other Shutdown Conditions)
to the VCM-X E-BUS Controllers.
• Drybulb/Wetbulb Control of Economizer Operation
Each of these types of controllers has a version applicable to AAON®
Tulsa units and a different version applicable to AAON® Coil units. The • Building Pressure Control
following is a breakdown of the different versions: • Remote Override Capabilities
®
• AAON Tulsa VCM-X Modular E-BUS Controller • IAQ Economizer Reset
(OE332-23E-VCMX-MOD-A) uses software SS1030
• AAON® Tulsa VCM-X WSHP E-BUS Controller
• Title 24 Economizer Certified
(OE332-23E-VCMX-WSHP-A) uses software SS1032 • 7-Day, 2-Event-per-Day Scheduling
• ®
AAON Coil VCM-X Modular E-BUS Controller • 14 Holiday Event Scheduling
(OE332-23E-VCMX-MOD-C) uses software SS1034
• Optimal Start Scheduling
• AAON® Coil VCM-X WSHP E-BUS Controller
(OE332-23E-VCMX-WSHP-C) uses software SS1033 • Trend Logging Capability
These controllers are designed with 7 analog inputs, 2 analog outputs,

• Static Pressure Control for Filter Loading Applications
and 5 relay outputs. Each VCM-X E-BUS Controller’s input and out- • Accepts Remote HVAC Mode Selection Via Contact
put capabilities can be expanded with the VCM-X Expansion Module Closure On VCM-X Expansion Module
(OE333-23-EM), the 12 Relay Expansion Module (OE358-23-12R),
and the 4 Binary Input Expansion Module (OE356-01-BI) by means of • Configurable for AAON® PAC and DPAC Applications
a modular cable. Each VCM-X E-BUS Controller can be configured for • Heat Wheel - On/Off Control
control of VAV Units (with or without VAV/Zone Controllers), Constant
Volume Units, and Make-Up Air Units. Features include the following: • Configurable for R22 and R410-A refrigerant
• Up to a Combined Total of 20 Stages of Heating & Cooling

• Head Pressure Control (VCM-X Modular E-BUS and
VCM-X WSHP E-BUS)
• Modulating Cooling Output (Copeland Digital
• Full Digital and Dual Digital Control (VCM-X Modular
Scroll™ Compressor or Chilled Water Valve Control)
E-BUS)
• Modulating Heating Output (Hot Water Valve,
• Water Source Heat Pump Monitoring (VCM-X WSHP
Steam Valve, SCR Electric Heat Control)
E-BUS)
• Full Integration with the AAON® MODGAS Modulating
Natural Gas Controller Most common HVAC unit control applications can be configured using
• Full Integration with the AAON® MHGRV Modulating only the VCM-X E-BUS Controller. If the application requires more in-
Hot Gas Reheat Controller puts and/or outputs, optional expansion modules are available to provide
for additional analog, binary, or digital inputs and outputs as required.
• Configurable for Heat Pump Applications
The available expansion module configurations allow for 4 or 8 ad-
• Advanced Dehumidification Capabilities
ditional binary inputs, 4 additional analog inputs, 5 additional analog
• Air Flow Monitoring of Outdoor Air, Supply Air, outputs, and up to 16 additional binary (relay) outputs. The various
and Return Air Streams expansion modules plug into the VCM-X E-BUS Controller by means
of a modular cable.
• Air Flow Control of Outdoor Air Damper
• Single Zone VAV Control
• Primary/Secondary Heating Control
• Adaptive Supply Air Reset
• Micro Channel Condenser Control
VCM-X Modular E-BUS Controller Technical Guide 5

OVERVIEW
Features and Applications
E-BUS Module Applications Constant Air Volume Unit

The VCM-X E-BUS can be configured to activate a Constant Volume
Supply Fan. In most cases, this is a very basic unit with Space Tempera-
VCM-X Modular E-BUS Controller
ture control. The VCM-X E-BUS can be used for kitchen, restaurant, or
The AAON® Tulsa VCM-X Modular E-BUS Controller (OE332-23E- lab environments that are 100% Outdoor Air part of the time and Return
VCMX-MOD-A) will interface with the One Condenser Head Pressure Air part of the time. The Hood On input allows the VCM-X E-BUS to
Module (OE370-23-HP1C), the Two Condenser Head Pressure Module know when to switch to 100% Outdoor Air control based on an exhaust
(OE370-23-HP2C), and the Full Digital Module (OE370-23-FD-A). hood activating. The VCM-X E-BUS requires Outdoor and Indoor Air
The AAON® Coil VCM-X Modular E-BUS Controller (OE332-23E- Temperature Sensors to accomplish this application.
VCMX-MOD-C) will interface with the Two Condenser Head Pressure
Module (OE370-23-HP2C) and the Dual Digital Module (OE370- Make-Up Air Unit
23-DD-C).
The VCM-X E-BUS can be configured for 100% Outdoor Air control
In both cases, these E-BUS Modules allow independent control of for Make-Up Air. All HVAC Modes are determined from the Outdoor
multiple digital scroll compressors and control of the condenser fan(s) Air Sensors. The Outdoor Air Volume must always be at least 50% or
or valve(s). See pages 38-47 of this manual and the individual manu- higher to be configured for Outdoor Air control.
als for each of these modules (referenced on those pages) for detailed
wiring and application details. AAON® PAC (Precision Air Control)
This control scheme can only be used on Constant Volume HVAC units
VCM-X WSHP E-BUS Controller that are equipped with a Return Air Bypass Damper and that use a Space
The AAON® Tulsa VCM-X WSHP E-BUS Controller (OE332-23E- Temperature Sensor as the Controlling Sensor.
VCMX-WSHP-A) will interface with the One Condenser Head Pressure AAON® PAC Control provides improved moisture removal capabilities
Module (OE370-23-HP1C), the Two Condenser Head Pressure Module while utilizing internal space loads for reheat by redirecting the Return
(OE370-23-HP2C), and the Water Source Heat Pump Modules (OE334- Air path from the upstream side of the DX Evaporator Coil to the down-
23-WPM-A and OE334-23-WPM-22-A). stream side of the coil.
The AAON® Coil VCM-X WSHP E-BUS Controller (OE332-23E- For AAON® PAC configured units, the Return Air Bypass Damper is only
VCMX-WSHP-C) will interface with the Two Condenser Head Pressure used during the Dehumidification Mode. When the VCM-X Controller is
Module (OE370-23-HP2C) and the Water Source Heat Pump Module in Dehumidification Mode, the Return Air Bypass Damper will modulate
(OE334-23-WPM-C). open as the Space Temperature falls below the Cooling Setpoint. Modula-
In both cases, these E-BUS Modules allow independent control of tion of the Return Air Bypass Damper is controlled using a proportional
multiple digital scroll compressors and control of the condenser fan(s) range from 0% (when the Space Temperature is equal to the Cooling
or valve(s). See pages 38-47 of this manual and the individual manu- Setpoint) up to 100% (when the Space Temperature falls to the halfway
als for each of these modules (referenced on those pages) for detailed point between the Cooling and Heating Setpoints). A separate Return Air
wiring and application details. Damper Actuator will modulate the Return Air Damper slightly further
towards its closed position as the Return Air Bypass Damper opens. This
is to ensure that enough Return Air is bypassed around the Evaporator
VCM-X E-BUS Controller Applications Coil through the Return Air Bypass Damper to raise its temperature. The
rate which the Return Air Damper closes while the Return Air Bypass
Variable Air Volume Unit Damper is open is user-adjustable.
The VCM-X E-BUS can be configured to control a VFD Supply Fan
for Duct Static Pressure control. If the unit is not equipped with a VFD, AAON® DPAC (Digital Precision Air Control)
but Duct Static Pressure control is needed, a modulating Zoning Bypass This control scheme can only be used on Constant Volume HVAC units
Damper can be controlled by the VCM-X E-BUS . that are equipped with a Return Air Bypass Damper and a Copeland Digi-
VAV units are typically designed for occupied Cooling with Morning tal Scroll™ Compressor. AAON® DPAC also uses a Space Temperature
Warm-up Heating. This option is available with the VCM-X E-BUS. Sensor as the Controlling Sensor.
The VCM-X E-BUS can also be used for a Zoning System that needs The AAON® DPAC control scheme provides improved moisture removal
Duct Static Pressure control and Occupied Cooling and Heating. The capabilities over the AAON® PAC control scheme and provides for tighter
VCM-X E-BUS also has the ability to be configured for Duct Static temperature control by combining a Copeland Digital Scroll™ Compres-
Pressure Control by controlling the Supply Fan VFD for the purpose sor with the Return Air Bypass Damper. See the Cooling Mode section
of maintaining proper Duct Static Pressure in response to varying filter on page 56 for detailed Copeland Digital Scroll™ Compressor operation.
loading conditions. Refer to AAON® PAC Control previously described for detailed Return
The VCM-X E-BUS allows Dehumidification Priority on a VAV unit. Air Bypass Damper operation.
This could be useful on a building with a very low internal sensible The Copeland Digital Scroll™ Compressor is used during both Cooling
load, but which has a high internal and/or external latent load. During and Dehumidification Modes. The Return Air Bypass Damper is used
VAV Dehumidification, the VCM-X E-BUS activates Cooling based on only during the Dehumidification Mode.
the Evaporator Coil Temperature and activates AAON® Modulating Hot
Gas Reheat to warm the Supply Air Temperature to the Active Supply
Air Temperature Setpoint.

OVERVIEW
VCM-X E-BUS Controller Dimensions
5.98
0.29 2.75 1.49

“R” TO COMMUNICATION
RS-485 “R”, “T” TO “T” “SHLD” TOWIRE
LOOP. “SHLD” RATING IS 1 AMP
RELAY CONTACT
“R” TO “R”, “T” TO “T” “SHLD” TO “SHLD” MAX @
RATING IS24 VAC
1 AMP
MAX @ 24 VAC
RELAY
COMMON
RELAY
COMMON FAN
FAN
RELAY 2
RELAY 2
RELAY 3
RELAY 3
RELAY 4
RELAY 4
www.orioncontrols.com RELAY 5
RELAY 5

Orion No.:OE332-23E-VCMX-MOD-A
OE332-23-VCMX-A V07150
VCM-X CONTROLLER
AI1
AI2==SPC
SAT(SPACE TEMPERATURE
(SUPPLY SENSOR)
AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR)
AI2
AI3==SAT
RAT(SUPPLY
(RETURNAIR
AIRTEMPERATURE
TEMPERATURESENSOR)
SENSOR)
AI3
AI4==RAT
OAT(RETURN
(OUTDOORAIRAIR
TEMPERATURE SENSOR)
TEMPERATURE SENSOR)
AI4 = OAT (OUTDOOR AIR TEMPERATURE
AI5 = SUCTION PRESSURE SENSOR (FROM SENSOR)
EXP. MODULE)
AI5 = SUCTION PRESSURE SENSOR
AI7 = SPACE TEMPERATURE SENSOR
OR VOLTAGE RESET SOURCE SLIDE ADJUST
A01 =OR VOLTAGE RESET SOURCE
ECONOMIZER (2-10 VDC OUTPUT)
8.38 7.83 E-BUS

CONNECTOR
ANALOGINPUT
ANALOG INPUT
JUMPER
SETTINGS
SETTINGS
THERM
4-20mA
AI1
AI1 4-20mA
0-10V
0-10V NORMAL OPERATION 0 1
0-5V
0-5V SAT FAIL 1 2
THERM
THERM OAT FAIL 2 2
4-20mA
AI2
AI2
4-20mA
SPC FAIL 3 2
0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
AI3
0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
AI4
AI4 0-10V
0-10V EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN 5 3
0-5V
0-5V LOW SAT 1 4
THERM
THERM HIGH SAT 2 4
AI5 4-20mA
4-20mA
AI5 CONT. TEMP COOL FAIL 3 4
0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V CONT. TEMP HEAT FAIL 4 4
THERM
THERM PUSH BUTTON OVR 1 5
4-20mA
4-20mA
AI7
AI7 ZONE OVR 2 5
0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V OUTPUT FORCE ACTIVE 0 6
OBSERVE
WARNING
POLARITY
ANALOG
ANALOGINPUT
INPUTJUMPER
JUMPERSETTINGS
SETTINGS 24 24
VAC POWER
VAC ONLY
POWER ONLY
MUST
MUSTBE
BESET
SETAS
ASSHOWN
SHOWNFOR
FOR WARNING!
WARNING!POLARITY MUST
POLARITY MUSTBEBEOBSERVED
OBSERVED
PROPER
PROPEROPERATION
OPERATION OR
ORTHE
THECONTROLLER
CONTROLLER WILL BEBE
WILL DAMAGED
DAMAGED
2 2
STATIC
STATIC WattMasterLabel
WattMaster Label ICIC
2 IC IC
DIGITAL
2
DIGITAL
PRESSURE #LB102073-01-A EXPANSION
PRESSURE #LB102033-01 EXPANSION SENSOR
SENSOR
Rev.: 1A
4.10 0.98
0.70
Figure 1: OE332-23E-VCMX MOD & WSHP – VCM-X E-BUS Controller Dimensions

OVERVIEW
VCM-X Expansion Module Dimensions
5.98
0.98
0.29 2.75
2424
VAC
VACPOWER
POWER ONLY I2C I2C
WattMaster Label
POLARITY
ONLY
WARNING! POLARITY MUST BE EXPANSION
WARNING
EXPANSION
OBSERVE
WARNING! #LB102034-01
OBSERVED OR THE BOARD
POLARITY
WILL BE DAMAGED
MUST BE
OBSERVED OR
THE BOARD www.aaon.com
WILL BE www.orioncontrols.com
DAMAGED
VCM-X Expansion Module AAON No.:

Orion No.:OE333-23-EMwww.orioncontrols.com
R69190
PROE333-23-EM-A
OUT TO VCM-X VCM-X
INPUT EXPANSION MODULE
RELAY CONTACT
GND TERMINALS AI5 & GND RATING IS 1 AMP
MAX @ 24 VAC
RELAY CONTACT
PR OUT TO VCM-X INPUT RATING IS 11AMP
GND TERMINALS AI5 & GND RELAY
SUCTION PRESSURE MAX @ 24 VAC
+V
SIG TRANSDUCER CONNECTION RELAY 2
GND FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT RELAY 1
DIGITAL COMPRESSOR RELAY
RELAY 2 3
+V SUCTION PRESSURE
RELAY 4
COMMON
RELAY
RELAY 1 = RELAY 3 = COMMON VCM
RELAY 2 = RELAY 4 =
ITRELAY 1=
IS SUGGESTED BI1 = EMERGENCY RELAY 3 =
SHUTDOWN - N.C. INPUT
THAT YOU WRITE THE
BI2 = DIRTY FILTER - N.O. INPUT
8.38 7.83
DESCRIPTION OF
RELAY 2 =
THE RELAY OUTPUTS
YOU ARE USING IN
THE
BI3 = PROOF OFRELAY FLOW4- =N.O. INPUT
BI4 = REMOTE FORCED OCCUPIED - N.O. INPUT
IT ISBOXES
SUGGESTED BI5 == HOOD
BI1 REMOTEON FORCED
- N.O. INPUTHEATING - N.O. INPUT
PROVIDED
THAT YOU ABOVE
WRITE THE
WITH A PERMANENT
DESCRIPTION OF BI6 == DIRTY
BI2 REMOTE FORCED
FILTER - N.O. COOLING
INPUT - N.O. INPUT
MARKER
THE RELAY (SHARPIE®)
OUTPUTS BI3
BI7 == PROOF
HOOD ONOF FLOW
- N.O. -INPUT
N.O. INPUT
YOU ARE USING IN BI4
BI8 == REMOTE
REMOTEFORCED OCCUPIED - N.O.
DEHUMIDIFICATION INPUT
- N.O. INPUT
THE BOXES
PROVIDED ABOVE BI5 = REMOTE FORCED HEATING - N.O. INPUT
ANALOG
WITH INPUT
A PERMANENT BI6 = REMOTE FORCED COOLING - N.O. INPUT
NOTE:
JUMPER
MARKERSETTINGS
(SHARPIE®) BI7
ALL=BINARY
SMOKE INPUTS
DETECTOR MUST- N.C.
BEINPUT
24 VAC ONLY.
MUST BE SET AS
SHOWN FOR
BI8 = REMOTE DEHUMIDIFICATION - N.O. INPUT
PROPER
ANALOG INPUT
OPERATION AO1
NOTE:= BUILDING PRESSURE CONTROL VFD OR
JUMPER SETTINGS DAMPER
ALL BINARY ACTUATOR
INPUTS MUST BE(0-10 ORONLY.
24 VAC 2-10 VDC)
MUST BE SET AS
SHOWN FOR AO2 = MODULATING HEATING SIGNAL
ANALOG INPUT
PROPER (0-10 VDC OR 2-10 VDC)
JUMPER
OPERATION AO1
AO3 = MODULATING COOLING/DIGITAL
= BUILDING PRESSURE CONTROL VFD OR
SCROLL
SETTINGS
DAMPER ACTUATOR
SIGNAL (0-10 (0-10VDC
VDC, 2-10 OR 2-10 VDC) VDC)
OR 1.5-5
THERM AO2
AO4 == MODULATING
RETURN AIR HEATING
DAMPER SIGNAL
ACTUATOR
ANALOG INPUT
AI1
4-20mA (0-10
(0-10VDC
VDC) OR 2-10 VDC)
JUMPER
0-10V
AO3
AO5 == MODULATING
RETURN AIR COOLING/DIGITAL
BYPASS DAMPERSCROLL ACTUATOR
SETTINGS
0-5V
SIGNAL (0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC OR 1.5-5 VDC)
(0-10 VDC)
THERM
THERM AO4
GND==RETURN
GROUND AIR DAMPER
FOR ACTUATOR
ANALOG OUTPUTS
4-20mA
AI2
AI1
4-20mA
GND =(0-10 VDC) FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS
GROUND
0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V AO5 = RETURN AIR BYPASS DAMPER ACTUATOR
THERM (0-10 VDC)
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
AI1 ==OUTDOOR
GND GROUND FOR AIRANALOG
RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)
OUTPUTS
AI3
AI2 0-10V
0-10V AI2 ==INDOOR
GND GROUNDAIR FOR RH SENSOR
ANALOG (0-5 VDC)
OUTPUTS
0-5V
0-5V I = ECONOMIZER FEEDBACK
A3
THERM
THERM AI4 = BUILDING STATIC PRESSURE (0-5 VDC)
4-20mA
4-20mA AI1
GND ==OUTDOOR
GROUNDAIR FORRHANALOG
SENSORINPUTS
(0-5 VDC)
AI4
AI3 0-10V
0-10V AI2
GND ==INDOOR
GROUND AIRFOR
RH SENSOR
ANALOG(0-5 VDC)
INPUTS
0-5V
0-5V AI3 = CO2 (0-10 VDC)
AI4
4-20mA GND = GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS WattMaster Label
I2C 0-10V GND = GROUND FOR I2C ANALOG INPUTS
0-5V #LB102034-01-A
EXPANSION EXPANSION Rev.: 1L
0.70 1.49
4.10
Figure 2: OE333-23-EM – VCM-X Expansion Module Dimensions

OVERVIEW
12-Relay & 4 Binary Input Expansion Module Dimensions
Figure 3: OE358-23-12R – 12-Relay Expansion Module Dimensions
Figure 4: OE356-01-BI – 4 Binary Input Expansion Module Dimensions

Zone
INSTALLATION & WIRING Zone
Important Wiring Considerations
General Warning: When using a single transformer to power more

than one controller or expansion module, the correct polarity must
Correct wiring of the VCM-X E-BUS Controller is the most important always be maintained between the boards. Failure to observe correct
factor in the overall success of the controller installation process. In polarity will result in damage to the VCM-X E-BUS Controller
general, most VCM-X E-BUS Controllers are factory installed and wired and expansion modules.
at the AAON®factory. It is also possible to purchase these controllers
through your local AAON®/Orion representative for installation in the
field. Some of the following information pertains to field wiring and Please carefully read and apply the following information when wiring
may not apply to your installation since it was pre-wired at the factory. the VCM-X E-BUS Controller or the Expansion Modules. See Figure
However, in the unlikely event that troubleshooting of the controller 5 on page 11 for the VCM-X E-BUS Controller wiring diagram. See
is required, it is a good idea to be familiar with the system wiring, no Figures 16 and 17 on pages 19 and 20 for Expansion Module Wiring.
matter if it was factory or field wired.
1. All wiring is to be in accordance with local and national
electrical codes and specifications.
Controller Mounting
2. Minimum wire size for 24 VAC wiring should be 18-gauge.
When the controller is to be field mounted, it is important to mount
the controller in a location that is free from extreme high or low tem- 3. Minimum wire size for all sensors should be 24-gauge.
peratures, moisture, dust, and dirt. See Table 1 for a list of the required Some sensors require 2-conductor wire and some require
operating conditions for the VCM-X E-BUS Controller and associated 3-or 4-conductor wire.
expansion modules.
4. Be sure that all wiring connections are properly inserted
The VCM-X E-BUS Controller is housed in a plastic enclosure. It is and tightened into the terminal blocks. Do not allow wire
designed to be mounted by using the 3 mounting holes in the enclosure strands to stick out and touch adjoining terminals which
base. The VCM-X E-BUS Controller needs to be installed in an envi- could potentially cause a short circuit.
ronment which can maintain a temperature range between -30°F and
150°F not to exceed 90% RH levels (non-condensing). It is important 5. When communication wiring is to be used to interconnect
to mount the controller in a location that is free from extreme high or VCM-X E-BUS Controllers together or to connect to other
low temperatures, moisture, dust, and dirt. Be careful not to damage the communication devices, all wiring must be plenum-rated,
electronic components when mounting the controller. minimum 18-gauge, 2-conductor, twisted pair with shield.
WattMaster can supply communication wire that meets this
Considerations specification and is color coded for the network or local
loop. Please consult your WattMaster distributor for
The VCM-X E-BUS Controller and expansion modules must be con- information. If desired, Belden #82760 or equivalent wire
nected to a 24 VAC power source of the proper size for the calculated may also be used.
VA load requirements. All transformer sizing should be based on the
VA rating listed in Table 1. 6. Before applying power to the VCM-X E-BUS Controller,
be sure to recheck all wiring connections and terminations
Temperature
thoroughly.
Condensing)
Humidity
VA Load
Voltage
Control
Device
(Non-
OE332-23E-VCMX -30°F to
24VAC 8 90% RH
VCM-X E-BUS Controller 150°F
OE333-23-EM -30°F to
24VAC 10 90% RH
VCM-X Expansion Module 150°F
OE358-23-12R -30°F to
24VAC 15 90% RH
Relay Expansion Module 150°F
OE356-01-BI
-30°F to
4 Binary Expansion 24VAC 5 90% RH
150°F
Module
Table 1: Voltage and Environment Requirements

INSTALLATION & WIRING
VCM-X E-BUS Controller Wiring
For Stand Alone Applications,

Connect To System Manager. For Network
Applications Connect To Next Controller And/Or
MiniLink PD On Local Loop. Note:
All Relay Outputs Are Normally Open
And Rated For 24 VAC Power Only.
VCM-X E-BUS Controller 1 Amp Maximum Load.
Local Loop
RS-485
9600 Baud
RS-485 COMMUNICATION LOOP. WIRE
“R” TO “R”, “T” TO “T” “SHLD” TO “SHLD”
RELAY CONTACT
RATING IS 1 AMP
R - 24VAC
MAX @ 24 VAC
RELAY G - Fan ON/OFF Only

All Comm Loop Wiring Is COMMON
FAN
Straight Thru RELAY 2
T to T, R to R & SHLD to SHLD RELAY 3
RELAY 4
RELAY 5
Relay Output Contacts

VCM-X MODULAR E-BUS CONTROLLER AAON No.: R2 Through R5 May Be User-
Configured For The Following:
1 - Heating Stages
2 - Cooling Stages
AI5 = SUCTION PRESSURE SENSOR (FROM EXP. MODULE) 3 - Warm-up Mode Command (VAV Boxes)
See Individual OR VOLTAGE RESET SOURCE 4 - Reversing Valve (Air To Air Heat Pumps)
A02 = SUPPLY FAN VFD (0-10 VDC OUTPUT) 5 - Reheat Control (Dehumidification)
Component Wiring 6 - Exhaust Fan Interlock
Diagrams For Detailed E-BUS 7 - Preheater For Low Ambient Protection
CONNECTOR
Wiring Of Analog Inputs 8 - Alarm
And Outputs ANALOG INPUT
9 - Override
SETTINGS
10 - Occupied
AI1
4-20mA
0-10V NORMAL OPERATION 0 1 11 - OA Damper
0-5V
SAT FAIL 1 2
12 - Heat Wheel
AI1 SET
THERM
OAT FAIL 2 2
AI2
4-20mA
0-10V SPC FAIL 3 2 13 - Emergency Heat
4-20mA
AI3
0-10V
0-5V
MECH HEAT FAIL
FAN PROOF FAIL
2
3
3
3
Note: A Total Of 20 Relays Are Available By
THERM
4-20mA
DIRTY FILTER 4 3 Adding Relay Expansion Modules. All
AI4 0-10V
0-5V
EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN
LOW SAT
5
1
3
4
Expansion Module Relay Outputs Are User
AI2 SET
AI5
THERM
4-20mA
HIGH SAT 2 4 Configurable As Listed Above.
CONT. TEMP COOL FAIL 3 4
0-10V
4-20mA
AI7 ZONE OVR 2 5
0-10V
0-5V OUTPUT FORCE ACTIVE 0 6 GND
ANALOG INPUT JUMPER SETTINGS 24 VAC POWER ONLY Line Voltage
AI3 SET

STATIC WattMaster Label

#LB102073-01-A
IC
2 2
IC DIGITAL 24VAC
Rev.: 1A
Size Transformer For Correct
Total Load.
VCM-X E-BUS Controller = 8 VA
AI4 SET
Jumpers
Connect To Digital Room Sensor And/Or

AI5 SET
Splice If Required
Digital CO2 Sensor
Connect To
Expansion Module(s)
(When Used)
AI7 SET
Warning:
OE271 24 VAC Must Be Connected So That All Ground
Static Pressure Wires Remain Common. Failure To Do So Will
Transducer Result In Damage To The Controllers.
Connect FRP Tubing To High Pressure

Port (Bottom Tube) and Route To Static
Pressure Pickup Probe Located In Unit
Discharge. Leave Port Marked “Lo” Open
To Atmosphere
Figure 5: OE332-23E-VCMX – VCM-X E-BUS Controller Wiring

Zone
Digital Room Sensor & Wall Mounted Space CO2 Sensor
Digital Room Sensor Wall Mounted Space CO2 Sensor

The OE217-00 Digital Room Sensor is used to sense Space Temperature The OE256-01 Wall Mounted Space CO2 Sensor is used to monitor CO2
and the OE217-01 Digital Room Sensor is used to sense Space Tempera- levels in the space served by the HVAC unit. The CO2 Sensor connects to
ture and Space Humidity. The Sensor connects to the VCM-X E-BUS the VCM-X E-BUS Controller with the TSDRSC modular cable. It can
Controller with the TSDRSC modular cable. It can be daisy-chained be daisy-chained with the Digital Room Sensor (OE217) for applications
with the OE256-01 CO2 Sensor for applications requiring both a room requiring both a room CO2 sensor and room temperature sensor. It should
CO2 sensor and room temperature sensor. It should be mounted at ap- be mounted at approximately 5 Ft. above the floor on the wall in an area
proximately 5 Ft. above the floor on the wall in an area that does not have that does not have drafts or is exposed to direct sunlight. See Figure 7
drafts or is exposed to direct sunlight. See Figure 6 for wiring details. for wiring details and installation notes. A Duct Mounted CO2 Sensor
can be used if desired instead of the Wall Mounted Space CO2 Sensor.
See Figure 8 for Duct Mounted CO2 Sensor wiring details.
I1 SET
AI1 AI2
4-20mA
0-10V
AI2 SET
0-5V
AI2
THERM
4-20mA
AI3 AI3
0-10V
Note: When Only The Digital Room Sensor 0-5V
AI3 SET
AI4 THERM
4-20mA EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN
AI4
Is Used, It Connects Directly To The VCM-X E- AI5
0-10V
0-5V
THERM
AI7
AI4 SET
BUS Controller Using A TSDRSC Cable Of The AI5 4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
Appropriate Length. The Maximum Length Allowed AI7

THERM
4-20mA
AI5 SET
0-10V
Is 160 Feet. See Figure 7 For Connection When 0-5V
The Space CO2 Sensor Is Also Used. ANALOG INPUT JUMPER SETTINGS
MUST BE SET AS SHOWN FOR
24 VAC POWER ONLY
WARNING! POLARITY MUST BE OBSERVED
AI7 SET
STATIC WattMaster Label I2C I2C DIGITAL

OVERRIDE ALARM VCM-X E-BUS

Controller
Display Override
TSDRSC Cable
Digital Room Sensor
Figure 6: OE217-00/01 – Digital Room Sensor Wiring
CO2 Sensor
I1 SET
AI1 AI2
4-20mA
0-10V
AI2 SET
0-5V
AI2
Note: When a Digital Room Sensor Is AI3 AI3
THERM
4-20mA
0-10V
Used In Combination With The CO2 0-5V

AI3 SET
AI4 THERM
4-20mA EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN
AI4
Sensor, The CO2 Sensor Always AI5
0-10V
0-5V
THERM
AI7
AI4 SET
Connects To The VCM-X E-BUS AI5 4-20mA

0-10V
0-5V
Controller First Using a TSDRSC Cable AI7

THERM
4-20mA
AI5 SET
0-10V
Of The Required Length. The Digital

0-5V
Room Sensor Then Connects To The CO2 MUST BE SET AS SHOWN FOR WARNING! POLARITY MUST BE OBSERVED
AI7 SET
STATIC I2C I2C DIGITAL

Sensor With Another TSDRSC Cable. PRESSURE
WattMaster Label
#LB102033-01 EXPANSION SENSOR
Mount Sensor(s) At Least 5 Feet Above

Floor. See The E-BUS CO2 Sensor
Technical Guide For Further Wiring
VCM-X E-BUS
OVERRIDE ALARM
Controller
Display Override
TSDRSC Cable
TSDRSC Cable
Digital Room Sensor
Figure 7: OE256-01 – Wall Mounted Space CO2 Sensor Wiring

OVERVIEW
Ducted Mounted CO2 Sensor
Duct Mounted CO2 Sensor The Duct Mounted Return Air CO2 Sensor is designed to be mounted in
the return air duct of the HVAC unit and uses its integral aspiration box
The OE256-02 CO2 Sensor is used for sensing the current CO2 level to sample the CO2 level in the duct. See the dimensional and installa-
in the HVAC unit’s return air stream. This is useful when you want an tion information in Figure 8 below for wiring and installation details.
average CO2 reading in the area served by the HVAC unit or when you
don’t want a wall mounted CO2 sensor due to sensor tampering concerns
in the space.
The OE256-02 Duct Mounted Return Air CO2 Sensor is comprised of the
OE256-01 CO2 Sensor and the WattMaster Aspiration Box Assembly.
VCM-X E-BUS Controller

Note: “R” TO COMMUNICATION
RS-485 “R”, “T” TO “T” “SHLD” TOWIRE
LOOP. “SHLD”
RATING
RELAY
MAX @
RATING
IS 1 AMP
CONTACT
IS24 VAC
1 AMP
1.) The CO2 Sensor Always Connects To The VCM-X E-BUS MAX @ 24 VAC
RELAY
COMMON
RELAY
Controller Using A TSDRSC Cable Of The Required Length. COMMON FAN
FAN
If Also Using a Digital Room Sensor, Connect the Digital RELAY 2
RELAY 2
Room Sensor to the CO2 Sensor Using Another TSDRSC RELAY 3
RELAY 3
RELAY 4
Cable Of The Required Length. The Total Length Of Cable RELAY 4
www.orioncontrols.com RELAY 5
For All Sensor Cables Combined Cannot Exceed 160 Feet. RELAY 5

OE332-23-VCMX-A V07150
VCM-X CONTROLLER
AI1
AI2==SPC
SAT(SPACE TEMPERATURE
(SUPPLY SENSOR)
AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR)
AI2
AI3==SAT
RAT(SUPPLY
(RETURNAIR
AIRTEMPERATURE
TEMPERATURESENSOR)
SENSOR)
AI3
AI4==RAT
OAT(RETURN
(OUTDOORAIRAIR
TEMPERATURE SENSOR)
TEMPERATURE SENSOR)
AI4
AI5==OAT (OUTDOOR
SUCTION AIR TEMPERATURE
PRESSURE SENSOR)
SENSOR (FROM EXP. MODULE)
AI5 = SUCTION PRESSURE SENSOR
AI7 = SPACE TEMPERATURE SENSOR
OR VOLTAGE RESET SOURCE SLIDE ADJUST
A01 =OR VOLTAGE RESET SOURCE
ECONOMIZER (2-10 VDC OUTPUT)
Duct Mounted CO2 Sensor
E-BUS
CONNECTOR
ANALOGINPUT
ANALOG INPUT
JUMPER
SETTINGS
SETTINGS
Wall Mounted THERM
THERM
4-20mA
LED NAME STATUS1 STATUS2
AI1 4-20mA
Digital Room Sensor AI1 0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V
NORMAL OPERATION
SAT FAIL
0
1
1
2
THERM
THERM OAT FAIL 2 2
4-20mA
AI2
AI2
4-20mA
SPC FAIL 3 2
0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
AI3
0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
TSDRSC Cable AI4
AI4 0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V
EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN
LOW SAT
5
1
3
4
THERM
THERM HIGH SAT 2 4
AI5 4-20mA
4-20mA
0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
OVERRIDE ALARM
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
AI7
AI7 ZONE OVR 2 5
0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V OUTPUT FORCE ACTIVE 0 6
OBSERVE
WARNING
POLARITY
ANALOG
ANALOGINPUT
INPUTJUMPER
JUMPERSETTINGS
SETTINGS 24 24
VAC POWER
VAC ONLY
POWER ONLY
MUST
MUSTBE
BESET
SETAS
ASSHOWN
SHOWNFOR
FOR WARNING!
WARNING!POLARITY MUST
POLARITY MUSTBEBEOBSERVED
OBSERVED
Display Override PROPER
PROPEROPERATION
OPERATION OR
ORTHE
THECONTROLLER
CONTROLLER WILL BEBE
WILL DAMAGED
DAMAGED
2 2
STATIC
STATIC WattMasterLabel
WattMaster Label ICIC
2 IC IC
DIGITAL
2
DIGITAL
PRESSURE #LB102073-01-A EXPANSION
SENSOR
Rev.: 1A
Connection Of Wall
Mounted
Digital Room Sensor
(When Used) TSDRSC Cable
Figure 8: OE256-02 - Duct Mounted CO2 Sensor Wiring

Zone
Remote SAT Reset Signal
Space Temperature Sensor Remote SAT Reset Signal

The OE210, OE211, OE212, OE213 Space Temperature Sensor is typi- A Remote Supply Air Temperature Reset Signal can be connected to AI7
cally used for constant volume HVAC unit applications controlling one for applications requiring remote reset of the Supply Air Temperature
zone. The Space Temperature Sensor is a 10K Type III thermistor sensor Setpoint.
and should be mounted approximately 5 feet above the floor in the space
that is to be controlled. The Space Temperature Sensor is available as a When the Slide Offset option on the Room Sensor is used, the Remote
sensor only, sensor with override button, sensor with slide adjust, and Supply Air Temperature Reset Signal cannot be used. Only one of these
sensor with slide adjust and override configurations. options may be used on the VCM-X E-BUS Controller.
When the Remote Supply Air Temperature Reset Signal option is needed, The VCM-X E-BUS Controller can accept either a 0-5 VDC signal or
the Slide Offset option on the Room Sensor cannot be used. Only one of a 0-10 VDC signal on this input.
these options may be used on the VCM-X E-BUS Controller.
See Figure 10 below for complete Remote SAT Reset Signal wiring
See Figure 9 below for complete Space Temperature Sensor wiring details.
details.
Note:
Either The Slide Offset Option For The Space
Temperature Sensor Or The Remote Supply
Air Temperature Reset Signal Option (By
Others) May Be Connected To An AI7 On
The VCM-X E-BUS Controller. Only One
Option Is Allowed, Not Both.
AI1 SET
AI1 AI1
AI2 SET
Space Temperature Sensor AI2
AI3
Set Jumper For THERM
AI3 SET
AI4
AI5 When Space Sensor Slide

AI7 Adjust Is Wired To AI7
TMP AI7
AI4 SET
W GND
A
R
GND
AI5 SET
M
E
R
AI7 SET
C
O
O AUX
AI7 SET
OVR
L
E
R
Wire Required For

Sensors With Slide
Adjust Option Only
Figure 9: OE210, OE211, OE212, OE213 – Space Temperature Sensor Wiring
Remote Supply Air

Temperature Reset Signal
(By Others)
0-5 VDC or 0-10 VDC Signal

AI1 SET
AI1
Regardless of Whether the Remote
GND SAT Reset Signal Has Been
AI2 SET
AI2
AI3
Configured For 0-5 or 0-10 VDC,
AI3 SET
AI4
AI5
Jumper Must Be Set For 0-10V
AI7
Note: AI7
AI4 SET
GND
Either The Slide Offset Option For The Space Temperature
AI5 SET
Sensor Or The Remote Supply Air Temperature Reset

AI7 SET
Signal Option (By Others) May Be Connected To AI7 On

AI7 SET
The VCM-X E-BUS Controller. Only One Option Is Allowed,

Not Both.
Figure 10: Remote Supply Air Temperature Reset Signal Wiring

SAT & RAT Sensor Wiring
Supply Air & Return Air Temperature

NOTE: Previously, if your AAON® HVAC unit used the AAON®
Sensor MODGAS Controller and/or the AAON® MHGRV Controller, the
The OE231 Supply Air & Return Air Temperature Sensors must be Supply Air Sensor had to be wired to one of these controllers. This
wired as shown in Figure 11 below for proper operation. The Supply is no longer the case. The Supply Air Temperature Sensor must
Air & Return Air Temperature Sensors are 10K Type III thermistor always be connected to the VCM-X E-BUS Controller unless you are
sensors. The Supply Air Temperature Sensor should be mounted in the using the AAON® MODGAS and/or AAON® MHGRV Controllers
unit discharge plenum or in the supply air duct. The Return Air Tem- as stand-alone.
perature Sensor should be mounted in the return air duct. If the system
has a Zoning Bypass Damper installed, be sure the return air sensor is
located upstream of the bypass duct connection.
Note: The Supply Air Temperature Sensor Always

Wires To The AI2 Input On The VCM-X E-BUS
Controller. It Never Wires To The MODGAS Or MHGRV
Controllers As It Did The Previous VCM Product.
Supply Air Temperature Sensor AI1 SET
Mount In HVAC AI2

AI1
AI2 SET
Unit Supply AI3

AI2
Air Duct AI3

AI3 SET
AI4
AI5
Be Sure The Jumper Is Set For THERM
GND On AI2 & AI3 For Supply
AI7
AI4 SET
GND & Return Air Temperature Sensors

Return Air Temperature Sensor When Used
AI5 SET
AI7 SET
Mount In HVAC
Unit Return
Air Duct VCM-X E-BUS
Controller
Figure 11: OE231 – Supply Air and Return Air Temperature Sensor Wiring

Zone
OAT Sensor Wiring
Outdoor Air Temperature Sensor

Caution: Be sure to mount the Outdoor Air Temperature Sensor
The OE250 Outdoor Air Temperature Sensor must be wired as shown in in an area that is not exposed to direct sunlight. The shaded area
Figure 12 below for proper operation of the VCM-X E-BUS Control- under the HVAC unit rain hood is normally a good location. Unused
ler. The Outdoor Air Temperature Sensor is a 10K Type III thermistor conduit opening(s) must have closure plugs installed and must be
sensor. The sensor should be mounted in the upright position as shown coated with sealing compound to provide a rain-tight seal. Water
in an area that is protected from the elements and direct sunlight. Be can damage the sensor.
sure to make the wiring splices inside of the Outdoor Air Temperature
Sensor weather-tight enclosure.
For MUA applications with a Heat Wheel, the Outdoor Air Temperature
Sensor is mounted downstream of the Heat Wheel.
Outdoor Air
Temperature Sensor Make Splice Connections
Inside Sensor Enclosure
As Shown. Seal All Conduit
Fittings With Silicone
AI1 SET
Sealant
AI1 AI2 SET
AI2
AI3
AI4
AI3 SET
AI4
Be Sure Jumper Is Set
AI5
For THERM
AI7 On AI4 For Outdoor
AI4 SET
GND Air Temperature Sensor

AI5 SET
AI7 SET
Mount Sensor Outdoors

In Shaded Protected
Area & In Upright
Position As Shown
For MUA Applications With a

Heat Wheel, Mount Sensor
Downstream of the Heat VCM-X E-BUS
Wheel. Controller
Figure 12: OE250 – Outdoor Air Temperature Sensor Wiring

Economizer Damper Actuator Wiring
Economizer Damper Actuator

Warning: It is very important to be certain that all wiring is
The Economizer Damper Actuator signal voltage output is a 2-10 VDC correct as shown in the wiring diagram below. Failure to observe
output. This signal output is used by the VCM-X E-BUS Controller the correct polarity will result in damage to the actuator or VCM-X
to modulate the Economizer Damper Actuator in order to control the E-BUS Controller.
amount of Outdoor Air delivered to the HVAC unit for Free Cooling and/
or Indoor Air Quality requirements. See Figure 13 for detailed wiring.
24 VAC Power Source

Sized For Actuator VA Load
Belimo Actuator Wiring
AI1 SET
Shown. Consult Factory For
Other Manufacturer Wiring AI1
AI2 SET
Instructions
GND
24 VAC
AI2
AI3
AI3 SET
Economizer Damper Actuator AI4
(Belimo Actuator Shown) AI5
AI7
AI4 SET
GND
COM - 1
AI5 SET
+ 2
AI7 SET
AO1
Y1 3
2-10 VDC
Economizer Feedback 5 Output
NOTE: For Economizer

Actuator Feedback Signal,
See AI3 Wiring For The VCM-X E-BUS Controller
VCM-X Expansion Module.
Figure 13: Economizer Damper Actuator Wiring

Zone
Supply Fan VFD Signal and Zoning Bypass Damper Actuator
Supply Fan VFD Signal or Zoning Controller. A Duct Static Pressure Sensor must be connected in order
Bypass Damper Actuator Signal
for the VFD or Zoning Bypass Damper Actuator to operate. See Figures
14 and 15 below for detailed wiring.
The Supply Fan VFD or Zoning Bypass Damper Actuator Signal is a
0-10 VDC output. This signal output can be connected to the Supply Caution: Variable Frequency Drive units can cause large transient
Fan Variable Frequency Drive to modulate the Supply Fan speed and noise spikes which can cause interference to be propagated on other
control Duct Static Pressure utilizing the Duct Static Pressure Sensor electronic equipment. Use shielded wire wherever possible and route
connected to the VCM-X E-BUS Controller. Alternatively, it can be all sensor and controller wiring away from the Variable Frequency
connected to a Zoning Bypass Damper Actuator that will modulate the Drive and the HVAC Unit electrical wiring.
Zoning Bypass Damper Actuator to control Duct Static Pressure utiliz-
ing the Duct Static Pressure Sensor connected to the VCM-X E-BUS
Caution:
The VFD Unit Must Be Configured For 0-10 VDC Input.
The Input Resistance At The VFD Must Not Be Less
Than 1000 Ohms When Measured At The VFD
Terminals With All Input Wires Removed.
AI1 SET
AI1
AI2 SET
AI2
0-10VDC Input From AO2
+ AI3
AI3 SET
AI4
AI5
_ GND
AI7
AI4 SET
Shield
Supply Fan Variable Frequency Drive
AI5 SET
(By Others)
AI7 SET
AO2
GND
Shield
Note:
Wire To The VFD Using 18 GA Minimum 2
Conducter Twisted Pair With Shield Cable.
Wire Shield To GND As Shown
Figure 14: Supply Fan VFD Wiring
24 VAC Power Source

Sized For Actuator VA Load
AI1 SET
AI1
AI2 SET
AI2
AI3
AI3 SET
AI4
AI5
AI7
AI4 SET
Bypass Damper Actuator

AI5 SET
(Belimo Actuator Shown)
GND
AI7 SET
1 (-)
24 VAC AO2
2 (+)
GND
0-10 VDC
3 (Y)
5 (U)
Belimo Actuator Wiring VCM-X E-BUS Controller

Shown. Consult Factory For
Other Manufacturer Wiring
Instructions
Figure 15: Zoning Bypass Damper Actuator Wiring

VCM-X Expansion Module Input Wiring
VCM-X Expansion Module The VCM-X Expansion Module can be used in conjunction with the
12-Relay Expansion Module (OE358-23-12R-A).
Three different Expansion Modules are available for use with the VCM-
X E-BUS Controller to provide additional inputs and outputs beyond The 4 Binary Input Expansion Module (OE356-01-BI) can be used in
those found on the VCM-X E-BUS Controller. place of the VCM-X Expansion Module if your system does not need
any other inputs or outputs.
The VCM-X Expansion Module (OE333-23-EM) provides 8 Binary
Inputs, 4 Analog Inputs, 4 Relay Outputs, and 5 Analog Outputs. See
Figures 16 below and 17, page 20 for complete wiring details.
WARNING!!
Observe Polarity! All boards must be wired with GND-to-GND and 24VAC-to-
24 VAC 24VAC. Failure to observe polarity will result in damage to one or more of the
10 VA Minimum Power
boards. Expansion Modules must be wired in such a way that the expansion
Required For GND
VCM-X Expansion Module modules and the controller are always powered together. Loss of power to the
expansion module will cause the controller to become inoperative until power is
Connect PR OUT To AI5 & restored to the expansion module.
GND To GND On VCM-X
Controller When Either Suction
Pressure Transducer Is Used
VCM-X Expansion Module
Note:
1.) If Unit Has Dehumidification Option
And Copeland Digital Compressor Is Not
Used, Wire Suction Pressure
24 VAC POWER
Transducer Directly To VCM-X 24 VAC POWER ONLY
ONLY I2C WattMaster Label I2C
POLARITY
WARNING
WARNING! EXPANSION
OBSERVE
#LB102034-01
Expansion Module As Shown. OBSERVED OR THE BOARD
POLARITY
WILL BE
BE DAMAGED
MUST
OBSERVED OR
www.aaon.com www.orioncontrols.com
DAMAGED
VCM-X
Orion Expansion Module
No.:OE333-23-EM AAON No.:
R69190
PR OUT Orion No.:OE333-23-EM R69190
Suction Pressure Transducer GND PR OUT TO VCM-X INPUT RELAY CONTACT
RATING IS 1 AMP
GND
PR OUT RELAY CONTACT
OE333-23-EM-A
TO VCM-X VCM-X
TERMINALS
INPUT EXPANSION
AI5 & GND MODULE
MAX
RATING@ IS
241VAC
AMP
GND TERMINALS AI5 & GND
MAX @ 24 VAC
RELAYRELAY 1
CONTACT
RELAY
RD +V +V
+V
SUCTION
SUCTIONPRESSURE
PRESSURE MAX RELAY
@ 24 VAC2
SIG TRANSDUCER
TRANSDUCERCONNECTION RELAY 2
SIG CONNECTION
WH SIG GND
GND
FOR
FORHVAC
HVACUNITS
UNITSWITHOUT
WITHOUT RELAY 1 3
RELAY
DIGITAL
DIGITALCOMPRESSOR
COMPRESSOR RELAY 3
BK GND RELAY 2
+V SUCTION PRESSURE RELAY 4
GND FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT RELAY
RELAY 3
DIGITAL COMPRESSOR COMMON
RELAY
COMMON
RELAY 4
RELAY
RELAY
RELAY11== RELAY
RELAY33== COMMON VCM
Building Pressure
Emergency Shutdown - N.C. Contact BI1 RELAY
RELAY22== RELAY
RELAY44==
Transducer
Dirty Filter - N.O. Contact BI2 RELAY 1 =
ITITIS
THAT
ISSUGGESTED
SUGGESTED BI1
BI1==EMERGENCY
RELAY 3 =
EMERGENCYSHUTDOWN SHUTDOWN- -N.C. N.C.INPUT
INPUT
THATYOUYOUWRITE
WRITETHE
THE BI2
DESCRIPTION OF BI2==DIRTY
DIRTYFILTER
FILTER - -N.O.
N.O. INPUT
4 = INPUT
Proof Of Flow - N.O. Contact BI3 DESCRIPTION
THE
THERELAY
= OF
RELAY 2OUTPUTS
RELAY OUTPUTS BI3
BI3==PROOF
PROOFOF
RELAY
OFFLOWFLOW- -N.O. N.O.INPUT
INPUT
EXC
+
YOU
YOUAREAREUSING
USINGIN
IN BI4
BI4==REMOTE
REMOTEFORCED
FORCEDOCCUPIED OCCUPIED- -N.O.N.O.INPUT
+
THE BOXES INPUT

OUT Remote Forced Occupied - N.O. Contact BI4 THE
IT IS BOXES
PROVIDED
SUGGESTED
PROVIDED ABOVE
ABOVETHE
THAT YOU WRITE
BI5
BI1
BI5===HOOD
REMOTEON FORCED
REMOTE - FORCED
N.O. INPUT HEATING
HEATING- -N.O.
N.O.INPUT
INPUT
WITH
WITH AAPERMANENT
PERMANENT
DESCRIPTION OF BI6
BI2
BI6===DIRTY
REMOTE
REMOTE FORCED
FORCED COOLING- -N.O.
INPUT N.O.INPUT
INPUT
LOW
HIGH
COM Remote Forced Heating - N.O. Contact BI5 MARKER

MARKER
(SHARPIE®)
OUTPUTS BI7
BI3
BI7===PROOF
HOOD
HOODONOF - -N.O.
ONFLOW N.O.-INPUT
N.O. INPUT
INPUT
BI8
-

BI8===REMOTE
REMOTE
REMOTE DEHUMIDIFICATION
FORCED OCCUPIED - N.O.
DEHUMIDIFICATION - -N.O. INPUT
INPUT
N.O. INPUT
THE BOXES
Remote Forced Cooling - N.O. Contact BI6 PROVIDED ABOVE BI5 = REMOTE FORCED HEATING - N.O. INPUT
ANALOG
WITH INPUT
A PERMANENT
ANALOG INPUT BI6 = REMOTE FORCED COOLING - N.O. INPUT
NOTE:
NOTE:
Hood On - N.O. Contact BI7 JUMPER
MARKERSETTINGS
JUMPER
MUST
MUSTBE
(SHARPIE®)
SETTINGS
BESET
SETAS
BI7
ALL
ALL=BINARY
SMOKE INPUTS
BINARY DETECTOR
INPUTSMUST MUST- N.C.
BEINPUT
BE 24
24VAC
VACONLY.
ONLY.
SHOWN
AS BI8 = REMOTE DEHUMIDIFICATION - N.O. INPUT
BI8 SHOWNFOR FOR
Remote Forced Dehumidification PROPER
PROPER
ANALOG INPUT AO1
OPERATION
OPERATION AO1==BUILDING
NOTE: BUILDINGPRESSURE
PRESSURECONTROL
CONTROLVFD VFDOROR
Plastic Tubing To Building N.O. Contact JUMPER SETTINGS
MUST BE SET AS
DAMPER
ALL BINARY ACTUATOR
INPUTS
DAMPER MUST BE(0-10
ACTUATOR OR
24 VAC
(0-10 2-10
2-10VDC)
ORONLY. VDC)
AO2
AO2==MODULATING
MODULATINGHEATING
HEATINGSIGNAL
SIGNAL
Pressure Sensing Locations SHOWN FOR
ANALOG
ANALOG INPUT
PROPERINPUT (0-10
(0-10VDC
VDCOR OR2-10
2-10VDC)
VDC)
JUMPER
JUMPER
OPERATION AO1
AO3
AO3===BUILDING
MODULATING
MODULATINGPRESSURE CONTROL VFD
COOLING/DIGITAL
COOLING/DIGITAL OR
SCROLL
SCROLL
SETTINGS
SETTINGS DAMPER ACTUATOR (0-10 OR 2-10 VDC)
SIGNAL
SIGNAL(0-10
(0-10VDC,
VDC,2-10
2-10VDC
VDCOROR1.5-5
1.5-5VDC)
VDC)
AO2
AO4
Economizer Damper Actuator AI1 THERM
ANALOG INPUT
THERM
4-20mA
= MODULATING
AO4==RETURN
RETURNAIR
(0-10
(0-10
HEATING SIGNAL
AIRDAMPER
DAMPERACTUATOR
VDC OR 2-10 VDC)
ACTUATOR
AI1 4-20mA
AI1 JUMPER (0-10VDC)
VDC)
(Belimo Actuator Shown) AI2
0-10V
SETTINGS
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V
AO3
AO5 = MODULATING
AO5==RETURN
RETURNAIR
SIGNAL
COOLING/DIGITAL
AIRBYPASS
BYPASSDAMPER
SCROLL
DAMPERACTUATOR
ACTUATOR
(0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC OR 1.5-5 VDC)
(0-10
(0-10VDC)
See Economizer THERM
THERM
THERM AO4
GND = RETURN
VDC)
AIR DAMPER ACTUATOR
AI3 AI2
4-20mA
4-20mA GND=(0-10
=GROUND
GROUND FOR
FORANALOG
ANALOGOUTPUTS
VDC) FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS
OUTPUTS
AI1
COM - 1 Actuator Wiring AI2
4-20mA
0-10V
0-10V
0-10V
GND
GND
AO5 ==
= GROUND
GROUND
RETURN AIRFOR ANALOG
BYPASS DAMPEROUTPUTS
ACTUATOR
0-5V
AO1 For VCM-X AI4 0-5V
0-5V
THERM
THERM
(0-10 VDC)
+ 2 THERM
AI1
GND
AI1==
=OUTDOOR
GROUND AIR
FOR RH
RHSENSOR
AIRANALOG (0-5
(0-5VDC)
OUTPUTS
Controller GND AI2
AI3
AI3
4-20mA
4-20mA
4-20mA
0-10V
0-10V
0-10V GND
AI2
AI2==
OUTDOOR
GROUND
=INDOOR
INDOORAIRFOR
AIR RH
SENSOR
ANALOG
RH SENSOROUTPUTS
SENSOR (0-5
(0-5VDC)
VDC)
VDC)
Y1 3 0-5V
0-5V
0-5V A3
II ==ECONOMIZER
A3 ECONOMIZERFEEDBACK
FEEDBACK
GND THERM
THERM AI4
AI4===OUTDOOR
BUILDING STATIC
BUILDINGAIR STATICPRESSURE
PRESSURE (0-5
(0-5VDC)
VDC)
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA AI1
GND ==GROUND RHANALOG
FOR SENSOR (0-5 VDC)
INPUTS
Economizer Feedback 5 AI3
AI4
AI4
4-20mA
0-10V GND
AI2 GROUND
= INDOOR AIR RHFOR ANALOG
SENSOR INPUTS
(0-5 VDC)
0-10V
0-10V GND
GND ==GROUND
GROUND FOR
FORANALOG
ANALOGINPUTS
INPUTS
0-5V
0-5V
0-5V AI3 = CO2 (0-10 VDC)
AI4
4-20mA GND = GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS
Outdoor Air 24 VACI2C
POWER
0-10V ONLY
WARNING! POLARITY
0-5V
GND = GROUNDI2C
MUST BE
I2C ANALOG
FOR WattMaster
INPUTS
WattMaster Label Label
#LB102034-01-A I2C
EXPANSION EXPANSION #LB102034-01-A
EXPANSION EXPANSION
Humidity Sensor OBSERVED OR THE BOARD
WILL BE DAMAGED
Rev.: 1KRev.: 1L
VAC OR DC
GND
0-5V
Indoor Air
Humidity Sensor
VIN
Modular Cable
Connect To VCM-X E-BUS
GND
Controller
VOUT (0-5V)
Modular Cable
Connect To Next Expansion Board
(When Used)
Note:
1.) If Unit Has Dehumidification Option And Copeland Digital Copeland Digital
Compressor Is Used, Wire Suction Pressure Transducer To Compressor Controller
Copeland Controller As Shown.
P4 SHLD P5
2.) The Modulating Cooling Output Voltage Must Be Suction Pressure RD
Configured For 1.5 - 5 VDC Operation When You Are Transducer P3 EXC P6
Setting Up The VCM-X Controller Operating Parameters. WH P2 OUT C1
BK P1 COM C2
Figure 16: OE333-23-EM – VCM-X Expansion Module Input Wiring

Zone
VCM-X Expansion Module Output Wiring
The VCM-X Expansion Module must be connected to 24 VAC as shown

in the wiring diagram below. Please see Table 1 on page 10 for correct
VA requirements to use when sizing the transformer(s) used for power-
ing the expansion module.
Also please note that when wiring the VCM-X Expansion Module, its
contacts must be wired as wet contacts (connected to 24 VAC).
WARNING!!
Observe Polarity! All boards must be wired with GND-to-GND and
24VAC-to-24VAC. Failure to observe polarity will result in damage to
one or more of the boards. Expansion Modules must be wired in
24 VAC such a way that the expansion modules and the controller are
GND always powered together. Loss of power to the expansion module
will cause the controller to become inoperative until power is
10 VA Minimum Relay Output Contacts R1 Through R4 May restored to the expansion module.
Power Required For Be User-Configured For The Following:
VCM-X Expansion Note: 1 - Heating Stages
All Relay Outputs Are Normally 2 - Cooling Stages
Module Open And Rated For 24 VAC 3 - Warm-up Mode Command (VAV Boxes)
Power Only. 1 Amp Maximum 4 - Reversing Valve (Heat Pumps) Either A Building Pressure
Load. 5 - Reheat Control (Dehumidification) Damper Actuator Or a
6 - Exhaust Fan Interlock Building Pressure Relief
7 - Preheater For Low Ambient Protection Fan VFD Can Be Used,
8 - Alarm
9 - Override
10 - Occupied Building Pressure Control
11 - OA Damper Damper Actuator
12 - Heat Wheel
24 VAC POWER 13 - Emergency Heat 1 COM
24 VAC POWER ONLY
Note: A Total Of 20 Relays Are Available By
POLARITY

WARNING
WARNING! EXPANSION 2 +
OBSERVE
#LB102034-01
POLARITY
WILL BE
MUST BE DAMAGED Adding Relay Expansion Modules. All 3 Y1
OBSERVED OR
THE BOARD
Expansion Module Relay Outputs Are User-
www.aaon.com
WILL BE www.orioncontrols.com Configurable As Listed Above.
DAMAGED
Building Pressure
VCM-X Expansion Module AAON No.: R1 Configurable Relay Output #1 Relief Fan VFD
R69190 R2 Configurable Relay Output #2
RELAY CONTACT +
PROE333-23-EM-A
OUT TO VCM-X VCM-X
RATING IS 1 AMP
R3 Configurable Relay Output #3
MAX @ 24 VAC R4
RELAY CONTACT Configurable Relay Output #4 COM
RELAY
+V SUCTION PRESSURE MAX @ 24 VAC
DIGITAL COMPRESSOR RELAY 3 Modulating Heating
RELAY 2
+V SUCTION PRESSURE
TRANSDUCER CONNECTION
(0 to 10 VDC Input)
SIG RELAY 4
GND FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT RELAY 3 Note:
DIGITAL COMPRESSOR RELAY +
RELAY 4
COMMON 1.) The Modulating
RELAY
Cooling Device Used
COM
RELAY 1 = RELAY 3 = COMMON VCM Must Be Capable Of
RELAY 2 = RELAY 4 = Accepting Either A 0-10
Modulating Cooling VDC, 2-10 VDC or 1.5-
ITRELAY 1=
IS SUGGESTED BI1 = EMERGENCY RELAY 3=
THAT YOU WRITE THE
BI2 = DIRTY FILTER - N.O. INPUT Or Digital Scroll Compressor 5.0 VDC Input. The
DESCRIPTION OF
RELAY 2 = BI3 = PROOF OFRELAY
FLOW4-=N.O. INPUT Modulating Cooling
THE RELAY OUTPUTS (1.5 To 5, 0 To 10 Or 2 To 10 VDC Input)
YOU ARE USING IN BI4 = REMOTE FORCED OCCUPIED - N.O. INPUT
THE
IT ISBOXES
PROVIDED
SUGGESTED BI1
BI5 ==HOOD
REMOTEON -FORCED
N.O. INPUT HEATING - N.O. INPUT Output Voltage Is User
THAT YOU ABOVE
WRITE THE
WITH A PERMANENT
DESCRIPTION OF BI2
BI6 ==DIRTY
REMOTEFILTER - N.O. INPUT
FORCED COOLING - N.O. INPUT + Configurable For These
MARKER
OUTPUTS BI3
BI7 ==PROOF
HOOD ONOF FLOW
- N.O. -INPUT
N.O. INPUT When Copeland
BI8 ==REMOTE
- N.O. INPUT Voltages. The
THE BOXES
BI5 = REMOTE FORCED HEATING - N.O. INPUT Digital Compressor COM
PROVIDED ABOVE
WITH A PERMANENT
ANALOG INPUT BI6 =
NOTE: REMOTE FORCED COOLING - N.O. INPUT
Modulating Heating
MARKERSETTINGS
JUMPER (SHARPIE®) BI7
ALL=BINARY
SMOKE INPUTS
DETECTOR MUST- N.C.
BEINPUT
24 VAC ONLY.
AO1 Is Used, Wire Per Devices Used Must Be
MUST BE SET AS BI8 = REMOTE DEHUMIDIFICATION - N.O. INPUT Copeland Digital
SHOWN FOR
PROPER
AO2 Capable of Accepting
ANALOG INPUT
OPERATION AO1
NOTE:= BUILDING PRESSURE CONTROL VFD OR Compressor Wiring Either A 0-10 VDC or 2-
JUMPER SETTINGS ALL BINARY INPUTS MUST BE 24 VAC ONLY.
DAMPER ACTUATOR (0-10 OR 2-10 VDC) AO3
MUST BE SET AS
AO2 = MODULATING HEATING SIGNAL
Detail 10 VDC Input. The
SHOWN FOR
ANALOG INPUT (0-10 VDC OR 2-10 VDC) AO4
PROPER
JUMPER
OPERATION AO1
AO3 =BUILDING
= PRESSURE
MODULATING CONTROL VFD
COOLING/DIGITAL OR
SCROLL Return Air Modulating Heating
SETTINGS DAMPER ACTUATOR (0-10 OR 2-10 VDC)
SIGNAL (0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC OR 1.5-5 VDC) AO5 Damper Actuator Output Voltage Is User-
THERM AO2
AO4==MODULATING
RETURN AIR HEATING
DAMPERSIGNAL
ACTUATOR
ANALOG INPUT
4-20mA
AI1 JUMPER
(0-10
(0-10VDC OR 2-10 VDC)
VDC) GND (0-10 VDC) Configurable For These
0-10V AO3
AO5==MODULATING
RETURN AIR COOLING/DIGITAL
BYPASS DAMPERSCROLL
SETTINGS
0-5V ACTUATOR
SIGNAL (0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC OR 1.5-5 VDC) Voltages. These Voltage
(0-10 VDC) 1 COM
THERM
THERM AO4 = RETURN AIR DAMPER ACTUATOR Outputs Must Also Be
AI1
AI2
4-20mA
4-20mA GND = GROUND FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS
(0-10 VDC)
GND
0-10V
0-10V GND = GROUND FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS 2 + Configured When You
0-5V
0-5V
AO5 = RETURN AIR BYPASS DAMPER ACTUATOR
(0-10 VDC)
THERM
THERM
GND
AI1 == OUTDOOR
GROUND FOR AIRANALOG OUTPUTS
RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)
3 Y1 Are Setting Up The
4-20mA
AI2 4-20mA
AI3 0-10V
0-10V GND
AI2 == INDOOR
GROUNDAIR FORRHANALOG OUTPUTS
SENSOR (0-5 VDC) VCM-X Controller(s)
0-5V
0-5V A3I = ECONOMIZER FEEDBACK
THERM AI4==OUTDOOR
BUILDINGAIR STATIC PRESSURE (0-5 VDC)
Return Air Bypass Operating Parameters.
THERM
AI1 RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)
AI3
AI4
4-20mA
4-20mA
0-10V
GND
AI2 = GROUND
= INDOOR AIR FOR ANALOG
RH SENSOR INPUTS
(0-5 VDC) Damper Actuator
0-10V
0-5V GND
AI3 = GROUND
= CO2 FOR ANALOG INPUTS
(0-10 VDC) (0-10 VDC)
0-5V
THERM AI4 = BUILDING STATIC PRESSURE (0-5 VDC) 2.) Each Modulating
AI4
4-20mA GND = GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS Heating Or Cooling
I2C 0-5V
0-10V
GND = GROUND FOR WattMaster Label
I2C ANALOG INPUTS 1 COM
EXPANSION EXPANSION
#LB102034-01-A Device Used On The
Rev.: 1L
2 + VCM-X Controller Must
3 Y1 Have (1) Relay Output
Belimo Actuator Wiring Configured For Each
Shown. Consult Factory Device Used, In Order
Modular Cable For Other Manufacturer To Enable The
Connect To VCM-X Wiring Instructions
Modulating Heating
E-BUS Controller And/Or Cooling Device's
Sequence. This Relay
VCM-X Expansion Output Must Be
Module Modular Cable
Note: Configured When
1.) If Unit Has Dehumidification Option And Copeland Digital Setting Up The VCM-X
Connect To Next Expansion Compressor Is Used, Wire Suction Pressure Transducer To Copeland
Board (When Used) Controller Operating
Controller As Shown. Parameters.
Copeland Digital 2.) The Modulating Cooling Output Voltage Must Be Configured For 1.5
Compressor Controller - 5 VDC Operation When You Are Setting Up The VCM-X Controller
Operating Parameters For The Copeland Digital Compressor.
P4 SHLD P5
Suction Pressure RD
P3 EXC P6
Transducer
WH P2 OUT C1
BK P1 COM C2
Copeland Digital Compressor Wiring Detail
Figure 17: OE333-23-EM – VCM-X Expansion Module Output Wiring

Suction Pressure Transducer Wiring
Suction Pressure Transducer Without When used in dehumidification applications on HVAC units without
Copeland Digital Scroll™ Compressor Copeland Digital Scroll™ Compressors, the Suction Pressure Transducer
wires to the VCM-X Expansion Module as shown in Figure 18 below.
The OE275-01 Suction Pressure Transducer is required for any VCM-X In this application, the Suction Pressure Transducer connects to the
application with DX Cooling that requires Dehumidification. VCM-X Expansion Module plus V, SIG, and GND terminals through
a cable. The cable is supplied with a 3-pin Packard mating connector
The Suction Pressure Transducer is used to measure suction pressure for attachment to the sensor on one end and has 3 color-coded stripped
at the HVAC unit’s DX evaporator coil suction line. This suction line wires on the other end. The stripped wire ends can be spliced to other
pressure is converted to saturated refrigerant temperature by the VCM- wires to extend the wiring length when required.
X E-BUS Controller. This temperature is used by the VCM-X E-BUS
Controller to accurately control the compressors and reheat cycle
components to provide optimum performance from the system during
Dehumidification operation.
WARNING!!
10 VA Minimum Power Required Observe Polarity! All boards must be wired with GND-to-GND and
For VCM-X Expansion Module 24VAC-to-24VAC. Failure to observe polarity will result in damage
24 VAC to one or more of the boards. Expansion Modules must be wired in
GND such a way that the expansion modules and the controller are
always powered together. Loss of power to the expansion module
Connect PR will cause the controller to become inoperative until power is
OUT To AI5 & restored to the expansion module.
Note: GND To GND
1.) If Unit Has Dehumidification On VCM-X
Option And Copeland Digital Controller
Compressor Is Not Used, Wire When The
Suction Pressure Transducer Directly Suction 24 VAC POWER
24 VAC POWER ONLY
POLARITY

WARNING!
WARNING
Pressure EXPANSION
OBSERVE
#LB102034-01
To VCM-X Expansion Module As Shown. OBSERVED OR THE BOARD
POLARITY
WILLBE
MUST BE DAMAGED
Transducer Is OBSERVED OR
THE BOARD
WILL BE
www.aaon.com
Used DAMAGED

OE275-01 PR OUT
R69190
Suction Pressure GND PR OE333-23-EM-A
OUT TO VCM-X VCM-X
INPUT RELAY CONTACT
EXPANSION MODULE
GND TERMINALS AI5 & GND RATING IS 1 AMP
MAX @ 24 VAC
RELAY CONTACT
PR OUT TO VCM-X INPUT RELAY
RATING IS 1 1
AMP
RD +V GND
+V TERMINALS
SUCTION AI5
PRESSURE & GND MAX @ 24 VAC
RELAY 2
SIG TRANSDUCER CONNECTION
WH SIG GND FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT RELAY 1
DIGITAL COMPRESSOR
BK GND SUCTION PRESSURE
RELAY 3
RELAY 2
+V
COMMON
RELAY 4
RELAY
Caution: RELAY 2 = RELAY 4 =
1.) The Schraeder Port Used For Installation IT RELAY

IS SUGGESTED
1=
THAT YOU WRITE THE
BI1 = EMERGENCY RELAY 3=
Of The Suction Pressure Transducer Should DESCRIPTION OF
THERELAY
RELAY2OUTPUTS
=
YOU ARE USING IN
BI3 = PROOF OFRELAYFLOW4 -=N.O. INPUT
BI4 = REMOTE FORCED OCCUPIED - N.O. INPUT
THE BOXES
Be Located In A Vertical Portion Of The IT IS SUGGESTED
PROVIDED
THATAYOU
WITH
ABOVE
WRITE THE
PERMANENT
DESCRIPTION OF
BI5 == HOOD
BI1
BI2
REMOTE
BI6 == DIRTY
REMOTE
ON -FORCED
N.O. INPUT
FORCED
FILTER
HEATING - N.O. INPUT
COOLING - N.O. INPUT
- N.O. INPUT
MARKER (SHARPIE®) BI7 == PROOF
BI3 HOOD ON - N.O. -INPUT
OF FLOW N.O. INPUT
Suction Line To Prevent Refrigerant Oil THE RELAY OUTPUTS
YOU ARE USING IN
THE BOXES
BI8 == REMOTE
BI4 REMOTEFORCED
DEHUMIDIFICATION - N.O.
OCCUPIED - N.O.
BI5 = REMOTE FORCED HEATING - N.O. INPUT
INPUT
INPUT
PROVIDED ABOVE
From Accumulating In The Sensor. ANALOG INPUT

WITH A PERMANENT
JUMPER
MARKERSETTINGS
(SHARPIE®)
MUST BE SET AS
NOTE:
BI6
BI7
= REMOTE FORCED COOLING - N.O. INPUT
ALL=BINARY
SMOKE INPUTS
DETECTOR MUST BEINPUT
- N.C. 24 VAC ONLY.
SHOWN FOR BI8 = REMOTE DEHUMIDIFICATION - N.O. INPUT
PROPER
OPERATION
ANALOG INPUT AO1
ALL BINARY ACTUATOR
INPUTS MUST BE(0-10
24 VAC ORONLY.
2-10 VDC)
MUST BE SET AS AO2 = MODULATING HEATING SIGNAL
Note: SHOWN
ANALOG FOR
INPUT
PROPER
JUMPER
OPERATION
(0-10 VDC OR 2-10 VDC)
AO3 == BUILDING
AO1 MODULATING COOLING/DIGITAL
PRESSURE CONTROL VFD SCROLL
OR
SETTINGS
1.) If Unit Has Dehumidification Option THERM
4-20mA
SIGNAL (0-10
DAMPER
AO4 ==MODULATING
AO2
VDC, (0-10
ACTUATOR
RETURN AIR HEATING
2-10 VDC
DAMPERSIGNAL
ORVDC)
OR 2-10
ACTUATOR
1.5-5 VDC)
ANALOG INPUT
AI1 (0-10VDC
(0-10 VDC) OR 2-10 VDC)
And Copeland Digital Compressor Is Used, 0-10V
JUMPER
0-5V
SETTINGS
AO5 ==MODULATING
AO3 RETURN AIR COOLING/DIGITAL
(0-10 VDC)
SIGNAL
(0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC OR 1.5-5 VDC)
Wire Suction Pressure Transducer To
THERM
THERM
4-20mA GND==RETURN
AO4 GROUND AIRFOR ANALOG
DAMPER OUTPUTS
ACTUATOR
AI2 4-20mA
GND =(0-10
GROUND
VDC) FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS
AI1 0-10V
0-10V
Copeland Controller As Shown On AI3
0-5V
THERM
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA GND
(0-10 VDC)
AI1 ==OUTDOOR
GROUND FOR AIRANALOG
RH SENSOR
OUTPUTS (0-5 VDC)
AI2 AI2 ==INDOOR
GND GROUNDAIR FORRH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)
Following Page. 0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V
THERM
I = ECONOMIZER FEEDBACK
A3
ANALOG OUTPUTS
AI4 = BUILDING STATIC PRESSURE (0-5 VDC)
THERM
AI4
4-20mA
4-20mA AI1
GND = OUTDOOR
= GROUNDAIR RHANALOG
FOR SENSOR INPUTS
(0-5 VDC)
AI3 AI2
0-10V
0-10V GND = INDOOR
= GROUND AIR FOR
RH SENSOR
ANALOG (0-5 VDC)
INPUTS
0-5V
0-5V AI3 = CO2 (0-10 VDC)
2.) AO3 Output Voltage Must Be THERM
4-20mA
AI4 I2C 0-10V
GND = GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS WattMaster Label
GND = GROUND FOR I2C ANALOG INPUTS
Configured For 1.5 - 5 VDC Operation EXPANSION0-5V EXPANSION
#LB102034-01-A
Rev.: 1L
When You Are Setting Up The VCM-X

Controller Operating Parameters For A
Copeland Digital Compressor.
VCM-X Expansion
Module Modular Cable
Controller
Modular Cable
Connect To Next Expansion
Board(When Used)
Figure 18: OE275-01 – Suction Pressure Transducer Wiring (Units Without Copeland Digital Scroll™
Compressors)

Zone
Suction Pressure Transducer Wiring
Suction Pressure Transducer With In this application, the Suction Pressure Transducer connects to the
Copeland Digital Scroll™ Compressor
Copeland Digital Scroll™ Compressor with a prefabricated cable similar
to the one used in the previous application. The signal conditioning is
For applications that use a Copeland Digital Scroll™ Compressor, the controlled by the Copeland Digital Scroll™ Compressor Controller.
OE275-01 Suction Pressure Transducer wires directly to the Copeland This cable also has a 3-pin Packard mating connector for attachment to
Digital Scroll™ Compressor Controller supplied by the compressor the sensor on one end and has 3 color-coded stripped wires on the other
manufacturer. See Figure 19 below for wiring details. end. The stripped wire ends can be spliced to other wires to extend the
wiring when required to connect the Copeland Digital Scroll™ Com-
pressor Controller.
Figure 19: OE275-01 – Suction Pressure Transducer Wiring (Units With Copeland Digital Scroll™
Compressors)

Binary Inputs Wiring
8 Binary Inputs Located On The transformer used for powering the VCM-X Expansion Module
must also be used to power the binary inputs. See Figure 20 below for
detailed wiring.
If your HVAC unit only requires an Emergency Shutdown (Smoke Detec-
tor/Firestat or other shutdown conditions), Dirty Filter, Proof of Flow or
Remote Forced Occupied Inputs or all of these 4 inputs and you don’t Warning: Do not apply any voltage greater than 24 VAC to the
need any of the other inputs or outputs provided on the OE333-23-EM binary inputs. Higher voltages will damage the expansion module
VCM-X Expansion Module, you can use the OE356-01-BI 4 Binary and possibly other components on the system.
Input Expansion Module for these inputs. See Figure 21, page 24 for
wiring. If you require any other Binary Inputs or require any other of the
Analog Inputs or Outputs that are provided on the VCM-X Expansion
Module, you will need to use it instead for all of your Binary Inputs.
24 VAC
WARNING!!
GND
Observe Polarity! All boards must be wired with GND-to-GND and 24VAC-to-
10 VA Minimum Power Required For 24VAC. Failure to observe polarity will result in damage to one or more of the
VCM-X Expansion Module boards. Expansion Modules must be wired in such a way that the expansion
modules and the controller are always powered together. Loss of power to the
expansion module will cause the controller to become inoperative until power is
restored to the expansion module.
24 VAC POWER
24 VAC POWER ONLY
POLARITY

WARNING!
WARNING
EXPANSION
OBSERVE
#LB102034-01
POLARITY
WILLBE
MUST BE DAMAGED
OBSERVED OR
DAMAGED

R69190
PR OE333-23-EM-A
OUT RELAY CONTACT
VCM-X EXPANSION
TO VCM-X INPUT MODULE
RATING IS 1 AMP
MAX @ 24 VAC
RELAY CONTACT
RATING IS 11AMP
GND TERMINALS AI5
SUCTION PRESSURE & GND
+V MAX @ 24 VAC
DIGITAL COMPRESSOR RELAY 3
RELAY 2
+V SUCTION PRESSURE
COMMON
RELAY 4
RELAY
Emergency Shutdown - N.C. Contact BI1 RELAY 2 = RELAY 4 =
Dirty Filter - N.O. Contact BI2 IT RELAY 1=

IS SUGGESTED
THAT YOU WRITE THE
DESCRIPTION OF BI2 = DIRTY FILTER - N.O. INPUT
Proof Of Flow - N.O. Contact BI3 THERELAY
RELAY2OUTPUTS
= BI3 = PROOF OFRELAY
FLOW4- =N.O. INPUT
Remote Forced Occupied - N.O. Contact BI4 THE BOXES
IT IS SUGGESTED
PROVIDED ABOVE
THAT YOU WRITE THE
BI5
BI1 = HOOD
REMOTEON FORCED
WITH A PERMANENT
DESCRIPTION OF
BI6
BI2 = DIRTY
REMOTE FORCED
INPUT - N.O. INPUT
Remote Forced Heating - N.O. Contact BI5 MARKER (SHARPIE®)
THE RELAY OUTPUTS BI7
BI3 = PROOF
HOOD ONOF -FLOW
N.O. INPUT
- N.O. INPUT
BI4 = REMOTE
REMOTEFORCED
DEHUMIDIFICATION
OCCUPIED - N.O.- N.O. INPUT
INPUT
Remote Forced Cooling - N.O. Contact BI6 THE BOXES
ANALOG INPUT
WITH A PERMANENT BI6 = REMOTE FORCED COOLING - N.O. INPUT
NOTE:
Hood On - N.O. Contact BI7 JUMPER
MARKERSETTINGS
(SHARPIE®)
MUST BE SET AS
BI7 =BINARY
ALL SMOKEINPUTS
DETECTOR MUST - N.C.
BEINPUT
24 VAC ONLY.
Remote Forced Dehumidification BI8 PROPER
ANALOG INPUT
OPERATION AO1
N.O. Contact JUMPER SETTINGS
MUST BE SET AS
DAMPER
ALL BINARY ACTUATOR
INPUTS MUST BE (0-10 OR ONLY.
24 VAC 2-10 VDC)
ANALOG INPUT
JUMPER
OPERATION AO1
AO3 BUILDING
= MODULATING PRESSURE CONTROL VFD
COOLING/DIGITAL OR
SCROLL
SETTINGS
DAMPER ACTUATOR (0-10 OR 2-10
SIGNAL (0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC OR 1.5-5 VDC) VDC)
THERM AO2 = MODULATING
AO4 HEATING SIGNAL
RETURN AIR DAMPER ACTUATOR
ANALOG 4-20mA
INPUT (0-10
AI1
JUMPER
(0-10VDC
VDC)OR 2-10 VDC)
0-10V
AO3 =
RETURN AIR BYPASS DAMPERSCROLLACTUATOR
SETTINGS
0-5V
(0-10 VDC)
THERM
THERM AO4 ==RETURN
GND GROUND AIR DAMPER
FOR ANALOGACTUATOR
OUTPUTS
4-20mA
4-20mA
AI2
AI1 GND =(0-10 VDC) FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS
GROUND
0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
THERM
(0-10 VDC)
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
AI1
GND==OUTDOOR
GROUND FOR AIR ANALOG
RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)
OUTPUTS
AI2
AI3
0-10V
0-10V AI2
GND==INDOOR
GROUNDAIR FORRH SENSOR
ANALOG (0-5 VDC)
OUTPUTS
0-5V
0-5V A3
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA AI1 = OUTDOOR AIR RH SENSOR
GND = GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS (0-5 VDC)
AI3
AI4 0-10V AI2 = INDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)
0-10V
GND = GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS
0-5V
0-5V AI3 = CO2 (0-10 VDC)
AI4
I2C 0-10V GND = GROUND FOR WattMaster Label
I2C ANALOG INPUTS
0-5V #LB102034-01-A
VCM-X Expansion Module Modular Cable

Controller
Modular Cable
Board (When Used)
Figure 20: OE333-23-EM – VCM-X Expansion Module 8 Binary Inputs Wiring

Zone
Binary Inputs Wiring
4 Binary Inputs Located On 4 Binary

Warning: Do not apply any voltage greater than 24 VAC to the
Input Expansion Module binary inputs. Higher voltages will damage the expansion module
If your HVAC unit only requires an Emergency Shutdown (Smoke Detec- and possibly other components on the system.
tor/Firestat or other shutdown conditions), Dirty Filter, Proof of Flow or
Remote Forced Occupied Inputs or all of these 4 inputs and you don’t
need any of the other inputs or outputs provided on the OE333-23-EM
VCM-X Expansion Module, you can use the OE356-01-BI 4 Binary
Input Expansion Module for these inputs.
The transformer used for powering the 4 Binary Input Expansion Module
must also be used to power the binary inputs. See Figure 21 below for
detailed wiring.
WARNING!!
Observe Polarity! All boards must be wired with GND-to-GND and 24VAC-to-24VAC. Failure to observe polarity
will result in damage to one or more of the boards. Expansion Modules must be wired in such a way that the
expansion modules and the controller are always powered together. Loss of power to the expansion module will
cause the controller to become inoperative until power is restored to the expansion module.
Modular Cable
Controller
Modular Cable
24 VAC Board (When Used)
GND
5 VA Minimum Power
Required For
4 Binary Input
Expansion Module
24 VAC
GND
4 Binary Input
Expansion Module
GND
24VAC
VCM BIN EXP BOARD

PWR
YS102364 REV1
COM
BI4
BI3
BI2
BI1 BI1
BI2
BI4
BI3
COM
Emergency Shutdown - N.C. Contact
Dirty Filter - N.O. Contact
Proof Of Flow - N.O. Contact
Remote Forced Occupied - N.O. Contact
Figure 21: OE356-01-BI – 4 Binary Input Expansion Module Wiring

Outdoor Air Humidity Sensor Wiring
Outdoor Air Humidity Sensor

The OE265-13 Outdoor Air Humidity Sensor is connected to the system correct as shown in the wiring diagram below. Failure to observe
by wiring it to the AI1 input on the VCM-X Expansion Module. It must the correct polarity will result in damage to the OA Humidity Sensor
be wired as shown in Figure 22 below for proper controller operation. or VCM-X Expansion Module.
10 VA Minimum Power Required For

VAC or DC (Red)
GND (Black)
0-5V (White)
Not Used
OA Humidity Sensor 24 VAC GND VCM-X Expansion

Module
TO AI1
TO GND
0-5V or 0-10V
VAC or DC
TO 24 VAC
4-20 mA
Span
GND
Zero
OA Humidity Sensor
4 3 2 1
ON
6 5 4 3 2 1
ON
4 3 2 1
ON
AI1
Jumpers Must
Be Set as 6 5 4 3 2 1
Shown For GND

Correct ON
O-5 VDC
Operation
1 & 3 Are Off
2 & 4 Are On Jumpers Must Be Jumper
Set as Shown For Must
Normal Be Set To
Operation Of 0-5V As
Sensor Shown
1, 2, 4, 5 & 6 Are Off
3 Is On
WARNING!!
24VAC-to-24VAC. Failure to observe polarity will result in damage to one
or more of the boards. Expansion Modules must be wired in such a way
that the expansion modules and the controller are always powered
Figure 22: OE265-13 – Outdoor Air Humidity Sensor Wiring

Zone
Indoor Wall-Mounted Humidity Sensor Wiring
Indoor Wall-Mounted Humidity Sensor

When used, the OE265-11 Indoor Wall-Mounted Humidity Sensor is correct as shown in the wiring diagram below. Failure to observe
connected to the system by wiring it to the AI2 input on the VCM-X the correct polarity will result in damage to the Space Humidity
Expansion Module. It must be wired as shown in Figure 23 below for Sensor or VCM-X Expansion Module.
proper controller operation. Either the Space Humidity Sensor or the
RA Humidity Sensor can be wired into this input, but not both.
WARNING!!
Observe Polarity! All boards must be wired with GND-to-GND and 24VAC-
24 VAC to-24VAC. Failure to observe polarity will result in damage to one or more
of the boards. Expansion Modules must be wired in such a way that the
GND expansion modules and the controller are always powered together. Loss
of power to the expansion module will cause the controller to become
10 VA Minimum Power Required For inoperative until power is restored to the expansion module.
24 VAC POWER
24 VAC POWER ONLY
POLARITY
WARNING
WARNING! EXPANSION
OBSERVE
#LB102034-01
POLARITY
WILLBE
MUST BE DAMAGED
OBSERVED OR
Space Humidity Sensor DAMAGED

R69190
PR OE333-23-EM-A
OUT RELAY CONTACT
VCM-X EXPANSION
RATING IS 1 AMP
Zero Span MAX @ 24 VAC
RELAY CONTACT
RATING IS 11AMP
GND TERMINALS
SUCTION AI5 & GND
PRESSURE
+V MAX @ 24 VAC
4 3 2 1 GND FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT RELAY 1
RELAY 2
Gnd
+V SUCTION PRESSURE
Vin
ON
Vo

Io

COMMON
RELAY 4
RELAY
RELAY 2 = RELAY 4 =
IT RELAY 1=
THAT YOU WRITE THE
RELAY 2 =
THE RELAY OUTPUTS BI3 = PROOF OFRELAY
FLOW4- =N.O. INPUT
THE BOXES
IT IS
PROVIDED
SUGGESTED BI1 = HOOD
BI5 REMOTEON FORCED
THAT YOUABOVE
WRITE THE
WITH A PERMANENT
DESCRIPTION OF BI2 = DIRTY
BI6 REMOTEFILTER - N.O. COOLING
FORCED INPUT - N.O. INPUT
MARKER (SHARPIE®)
THE RELAY OUTPUTS BI3 = PROOF
BI7 HOOD ONOF -FLOW - N.O. INPUT
N.O. INPUT
YOU ARE USING IN BI4 = REMOTE
BI8 REMOTEFORCED OCCUPIED - N.O.
- N.O. INPUT
THE BOXES
WITH A PERMANENT
ANALOG INPUT BI6 = REMOTE FORCED COOLING - N.O. INPUT
NOTE:
MARKERSETTINGS
JUMPER (SHARPIE®) BI7 = SMOKE DETECTOR - N.C. INPUT
ALL BINARY INPUTS MUST BE 24 VAC ONLY.
MUST BE SET AS BI8 = REMOTE DEHUMIDIFICATION - N.O. INPUT
SHOWN FOR
PROPER
ANALOG INPUT AO1
NOTE:
= BUILDING PRESSURE CONTROL VFD OR
OPERATION
JUMPER SETTINGS
6 5 4 3 2 1
4 3 2 1 ALL BINARY
DAMPER INPUTS MUST BE
ACTUATOR 24 VAC
(0-10 OR ONLY.
2-10 VDC)
MUST BE SET AS
ON ANALOG INPUT
JUMPER
OPERATION AO1 = BUILDING PRESSURE CONTROL
AO3 = MODULATING COOLING/DIGITAL VFD OR
SCROLL
SETTINGS DAMPER ACTUATOR (0-10 OR 2-10 VDC) VDC)
SIGNAL (0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC OR 1.5-5
AO2 =
ON
THERM
ANALOG 4-20mA
INPUT AO4 = MODULATING HEATING SIGNAL
(0-10 VDC OR 2-10 VDC)
AI1 JUMPER (0-10 VDC)
0-10V AO3 = MODULATING COOLING/DIGITAL SCROLL
AI2 SETTINGS
(0-10 VDC)
THERM
THERM AO4 = RETURN AIR DAMPER ACTUATOR
4-20mA GND = GROUND FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS
AI1
AI2
4-20mA (0-10 VDC)
0-10V
0-10V GND
AO5 ==RETURN
GROUND FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS
Jumpers Must Be 0-5V
0-5V
THERM
AIR
(0-10 VDC)
BYPASS DAMPER ACTUATOR
Set as Shown GND AI2

AI3
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
GND==OUTDOOR
AI1 GROUND FOR
GND==INDOOR
GROUNDAIR
AIR ANALOG
FOR ANALOG
OUTPUTS
RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)
OUTPUTS
0-10V AI2 RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)
For Correct 0-10V
0-5V
0-5V A3
THERM
AI4
6 5 4 3 2 1 O-5 VDC AI3
AI4
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
0-10V
= OUTDOOR
AI1 =
GND
BUILDING AIR
AI2 = =INDOOR
GROUND
STATIC
AIRFOR
PRESSURE
RH SENSOR (0-5 (0-5
ANALOG(0-5
RH SENSOR INPUTS
VDC)VDC)
VDC)
Operation 0-10V
0-5V
0-5V
GND
AI3 = =CO2
GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS
(0-10 VDC)
1 & 3 Are Off AI4
THERM
ON
2 & 4 Are On Jumper I2C 0-5V
0-10V
GND = GROUND FOR I2C ANALOG INPUTS
WattMaster Label
#LB102034-01-A
EXPANSION EXPANSION
Must Rev.: 1L
Be Set To
0-5V As
Shown
Jumpers Must Be Set as
Shown For Normal
Operation Of Sensor
1, 2, 4, 5 & 6 Are Off
3 Is On VCM-X Expansion Module Modular Cable
Board (When Used)
Modular Cable
Controller
Figure 23: OE265-11 – Indoor Wall-Mounted Humidity Sensor Wiring

Return Air Mounted Humidity Sensor
Return Air Mounted Humidity Sensor

When used, the OE265-14 Return Air Mounted Humidity Sensor is correct as shown in the wiring diagram below. Failure to observe
connected to the system by wiring it to the AI2 input on the VCM-X the correct polarity will result in damage to the RA Humidity Sensor
Expansion Module. It must be wired as shown in Figure 24 below for or controller.
proper controller operation. Either the RA Humidity Sensor or the Space
Humidity Sensor can be wired into this input, but not both.
WARNING!!
24VAC-to-24VAC. Failure to observe polarity will result in damage to
24 VAC
one or more of the boards. Expansion Modules must be wired in such
GND a way that the expansion modules and the controller are always
powered together. Loss of power to the expansion module will cause
the controller to become inoperative until power is restored to the
10 VA Minimum Power Required For
expansion module.
24 VAC POWER
24 VAC POWER ONLY
POLARITY
WARNING
WARNING! EXPANSION
OBSERVE
#LB102034-01
POLARITY
WILL BE
MUST BE DAMAGED
OBSERVED OR
RA Humidity Sensor WILL BE
DAMAGED

R69190
PROE333-23-EM-A
OUT TO VCM-X VCM-X RELAY CONTACT
RATING IS 1 AMP
MAX @ 24 VAC
RELAY CONTACT
PR OUT TO VCM-X INPUT
0-5V or 0-10V
RATING IS 1 1
RELAY AMP
GND
VAC or DC
TERMINALS
SUCTION AI5 & GND
PRESSURE
+V MAX @ 24 VAC
4-20 mA

Span GND FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT RELAY 1
DIGITAL COMPRESSOR
GND
RELAY 3
Zero RELAY 2
+V SUCTION PRESSURE
COMMON
RELAY 4
RELAY
4 3 2 1 RELAY 1 = RELAY 3 = COMMON VCM
RELAY 2 = RELAY 4 =
ON
ITRELAY 1=
IS SUGGESTED BI1 = EMERGENCYRELAY 3=
THAT YOU WRITE THE
RELAY
THE RELAY 2 OUTPUTS
FLOW4 -=N.O. INPUT
THE
IT ISBOXES
PROVIDED
SUGGESTED BI5==HOOD
BI1 REMOTE
ON -FORCED
N.O. INPUT HEATING - N.O. INPUT
THAT YOU ABOVE
WRITE THE
WITH A PERMANENT
DESCRIPTION OF BI6==DIRTY
BI2 REMOTE FORCED
FILTER COOLING - N.O. INPUT
- N.O. INPUT
MARKER (SHARPIE®) BI7==PROOF
BI3
6 5 4 3 2 1
THE RELAY OUTPUTS HOOD OF
ONFLOW
- N.O.-INPUT
N.O. INPUT
BI8==REMOTE
- N.O. INPUT
THE BOXES
ON
ANALOG
WITH INPUT
A PERMANENT BI6 =
NOTE: REMOTE FORCED COOLING - N.O. INPUT
MARKER SETTINGS
JUMPER (SHARPIE®) BI7
ALL=BINARY
SMOKE DETECTOR
INPUTS MUST - N.C.
BEINPUT
24 VAC ONLY.
MUST BE SET AS BI8 = REMOTE DEHUMIDIFICATION - N.O. INPUT
SHOWN FOR
PROPER
ANALOG INPUT
OPERATION AO1 = BUILDING PRESSURE CONTROL VFD OR
NOTE:
JUMPER SETTINGS ALL BINARY INPUTS MUST BE(0-10
24 VAC
MUST BE SET AS
DAMPER ACTUATOR ORONLY.
2-10 VDC)
ANALOG INPUT
JUMPER
OPERATION AO1
AO3==BUILDING
MODULATING PRESSURE CONTROL VFD
COOLING/DIGITAL OR
SCROLL
SETTINGS DAMPER
SIGNAL ACTUATOR
(0-10 VDC, (0-10 OR 2-10
2-10 VDC ORVDC)1.5-5 VDC)
4 3 2 1 THERM AO2
AO4==MODULATING
RETURN AIRHEATING
DAMPERSIGNAL
ACTUATOR
ANALOG INPUT
4-20mA (0-10 VDC OR 2-10 VDC)
AI1 JUMPER (0-10 VDC)
AO3
AI2 0-10V
SETTINGS
0-5V
AO5==MODULATING
RETURN AIRCOOLING/DIGITAL
SIGNAL
(0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC OR 1.5-5 VDC)
(0-10 VDC)
ON THERM
THERM AO4
GND==RETURN
GROUND AIRFOR
DAMPER ACTUATOR
ANALOG OUTPUTS
4-20mA
4-20mA
AI2
AI1
0-10V
0-10V
(0-10 VDC)
GND = GROUND FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS
0-5V
(0-10 VDC)
GND AI2
AI3
THERM
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
0-10V
0-10V
GND
AI1 == OUTDOOR
GND
GROUND FOR
AI2 == INDOOR
GROUNDAIR
AIRANALOG
FORRHANALOG
SENSOR
OUTPUTS
RH SENSOR
OUTPUTS
(0-5 VDC)
(0-5 VDC)
0-5V
0-5V A3I = ECONOMIZER FEEDBACK
Jumpers Must Be Set THERM
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
AI1 = OUTDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)
AI3
AI4 AI2 = INDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)
as Shown For 0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V
AI3 = CO2 (0-10 VDC)
Correct THERM
4-20mA
AI4
O-5 VDC Operation Jumper I2C 0-10V
0-5V
GND = GROUND FOR WattMaster Label
I2CANALOG INPUTS
#LB102034-01-A
EXPANSION EXPANSION
1 & 3 Are Off 6 5 4 3 2 1
Must Rev.: 1L
Be Set To
ON 0-5V As
Shown
Jumpers Must Be Set

as Shown For Normal
Operation Of Sensor VCM-X Expansion Modular Cable
1, 2, 4, 5 & 6 Are Off Module
3 Is On
Controller
Modular Cable
Board (When Used)
Figure 24: OE265-14 – Indoor Return Air-Mounted Humidity Sensor Wiring

Zone
Title 24 Economizer Actuator Feedback
Title 24 Economizer Actuator

Feedback correct as shown in the wiring diagram below. Failure to observe the
If the controller has been configured for Title 24 Economizer operation, correct polarity will result in damage to the HVAC Unit Controller
the Economizer Actuator Feedback signal is wired to the AI3 input on and the VCM-X Expansion Module.
the VCM-X Expansion Module. It must be wired as shown in Figure
25 below for proper controller operation.
WARNING!!
Observe Polarity! All boards must be wired with GND-to-GND and 24VAC-
24 VAC to-24VAC. Failure to observe polarity will result in damage to one or more
GND of the boards. Expansion Modules must be wired in such a way that the
expansion modules and the controller are always powered together. Loss
of power to the expansion module will cause the controller to become
10 VA Minimum Power Required For inoperative until power is restored to the expansion module.
24
24 VAC
VAC POWER
POWER ONLY I2C I2C
ONLY WattMaster Label
POLARITY
WARNING
EXPANSION
OBSERVE
WARNING! #LB102034-01
POLARITY
WILL BE DAMAGED
MUST BE
OBSERVED OR
DAMAGED

Orion No.:OE333-23-EM R69190
Economizer Damper Actuator PROE333-23-EM-A

GND
OUT TO VCM-XVCM-X
INPUT
TERMINALS AI5 & GND
EXPANSIONRELAY
MODULE
CONTACT
RATING IS 1 AMP
(Belimo Actuator Shown) PR OUT TO VCM-X INPUT

MAX @ 24 VAC
RELAY CONTACT
RATING IS 1 AMP
RELAY 1
GND TERMINALS AI5 & GND MAX @ 24 VAC
+V SUCTION PRESSURE
See Economizer GND FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT
DIGITAL COMPRESSOR
RELAY 1
RELAY
RELAY 2 3
COM - 1 Actuator Wiring +V SUCTION PRESSURE
SIG TRANSDUCER CONNECTION RELAY
GND FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT RELAY 3 4
+ 2
AO1 For VCM-X DIGITAL COMPRESSOR RELAY
RELAY 4
COMMON
Controller RELAY
Y1 3
RELAY 2 = RELAY 4 =
Economizer Feedback 5 RELAY

IT 1=
IS SUGGESTED
THAT YOU WRITE THE
RELAY 3 =
BI1 = EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN - N.C. INPUT
DESCRIPTION BI2 = DIRTY FILTER - N.O. INPUT
RELAY 2 = OF RELAY 4 =
THE RELAY OUTPUTS BI3 = PROOF OF FLOW - N.O. INPUT
THE BOXES
IT IS SUGGESTED BI1
BI5= =HOOD ON - FORCED
REMOTE N.O. INPUT HEATING - N.O. INPUT
Title 24 Economizer PROVIDED
THAT ABOVE
YOU WRITE
WITH A PERMANENT
DESCRIPTION OF
THE
BI2
BI6= =DIRTY
BI3
FILTER
REMOTE - N.O. INPUT
FORCED COOLING - N.O. INPUT
NOTE: For MARKER
THE RELAY(SHARPIE®)
OUTPUTS
YOU ARE USING IN
BI7= =PROOF
BI4
HOODOF ONFLOW
- N.O.- INPUT
N.O. INPUT
Actuator Feedback Economizer Actuator

THE BOXES
PROVIDED ABOVE
WITH A PERMANENT
ANALOG INPUT
BI8= =REMOTE
REMOTE FORCED OCCUPIED - N.O.
DEHUMIDIFICATION
BI6 = REMOTE FORCED COOLING - N.O. INPUT
INPUT
- N.O. INPUT
NOTE:
Signal 0-10VDC Wiring, See AO1 MARKER (SHARPIE®)
JUMPER SETTINGS
MUST BE SET AS
SHOWN FOR
BI7 = SMOKE DETECTOR - N.C. INPUT
ALL BINARY INPUTS MUST BE 24 VAC ONLY.
(By Others) Wiring For The VCM-X PROPER

ANALOG INPUT
NOTE:
JUMPER SETTINGS
Controller. MUST BE SET AS
SHOWN FOR
ALL BINARY INPUTS
DAMPER MUST BE (0-10
ACTUATOR
24 VAC ORONLY.
2-10 VDC)
ANALOG INPUT
JUMPER
OPERATION AO1 = BUILDING PRESSURE CONTROL
AO3 = MODULATING COOLING/DIGITAL SCROLL VFD OR
SETTINGS DAMPER
SIGNALACTUATOR
(0-10 VDC,(0-10
2-10 OR 2-10
ORVDC)
Belimo Actuator THERM AO2
AO4= =MODULATING
RETURN AIRHEATING
DAMPERSIGNAL
VDC
ACTUATOR
1.5-5 VDC)
ANALOG INPUT (0-10 VDC OR 2-10 VDC)
Wiring Shown. AI1JUMPER
4-20mA
0-10V
SETTINGS
0-5V
AO3
(0-10 VDC)
AO5= =MODULATING
BYPASS DAMPER SCROLL
ACTUATOR
Consult Factory For AI3 THERM
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
AO4
GND
(0-10 VDC)
= RETURN
= GROUND AIRFOR
DAMPER ACTUATOR
ANALOG OUTPUTS
AI1
AI2 (0-10 VDC)
Other Manufacturer 0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V
AO5 = RETURN AIR BYPASS DAMPER ACTUATOR
(0-10 VDC)
Wiring Instructions GND AI2
THERM
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
GND
AI1 == GROUND
OUTDOOR FOR ANALOG
AIR OUTPUTS
RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)
AI3 0-10V
0-10V GND
AI2 == GROUND
INDOOR AIR FORRH
ANALOG
SENSOROUTPUTS
(0-5 VDC)
0-5V
0-5V A3
THERM
AI3
AI4
4-20mA
4-20mA
0-10V
GND
AI2 = GROUND
= INDOOR FOR
AIR RH ANALOG
SENSOR INPUTS
(0-5 VDC)
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V
GND
AI3 = GROUND
(0-10 VDC)
AI4
Jumper Must I2C0-10V
0-5V
EXPANSION
GND = GROUND FOR
EXPANSION
WattMaster Label
I2CANALOG INPUTS
#LB102034-01-A
Rev.: 1L
Be Set To
0-10V As
Shown
Modular Cable
VCM-X Expansion Module Connect To VCM-X
E-BUS Controller
Modular Cable
Board (When Used)
Figure 25: Title 24 Economizer Actuator Feedback Wiring

Building Pressure Sensor Wiring
Building Pressure Sensor

The OE258-01 Building Pressure Sensor must be wired as shown in the correct as shown in the wiring diagram below. Failure to observe the
illustration below for proper operation. There are 3 terminal connections correct polarity will result in damage to the HVAC Unit Controller,
on the Building Pressure Sensor. Connect the power side of the 24 VAC Building Pressure Sensor, and the VCM-X Expansion Module.
power source to the terminal labeled “+ EXC.” Connect the GND side
of the 24 VAC power source to the terminal labeled “- COM.” Connect
the remaining terminal labeled “OUT” to AI4 on the VCM-X Expansion
Module terminal block. See Figure 26 below for detailed wiring. The
AI4 Jumper on the expansion module must be set for 0-5VDC operation
for the Building Pressure Sensor to operate correctly.
Figure 26: OE258-01 — Building Pressure Sensor Wiring

Zone
Building Pressure Control Output Wiring
Building Pressure Control Output AI4 on the VCM-X Expansion Module is used to sense and control the
signal to the Building Pressure Output. The OE258-01 Building Pressure
The Building Pressure Control Output is a 0-10 VDC or 2-10 VDC signal Sensor must be connected in order for the Building Pressure Output to
sent from the VCM-X Expansion Module. When using the output for operate correctly.
Direct Building Pressure Control (output signal rises on a rise in build-
ing pressure), the output signal can be connected to either a Variable See Figure 27 below for detailed wiring of the Building Pressure Control
Frequency Drive controlling an exhaust fan or to a damper actuator Output Signal.
controlling an exhaust damper. When used in this manner, the output
signal must be configured for Direct Acting operation.
Caution: Variable Frequency Drive units can cause large transient
When using this output for Reverse Building Pressure Control (output noise spikes that can cause interference to be propagated on other
electronic equipment. Use shielded wire wherever possible and route
signal rises on a fall in building pressure), a damper actuator controlling
all sensor and controller wiring away from the Variable Frequency
an OA Damper would be used. When using the OA damper for Reverse
Drive and the HVAC unit electrical wiring.
Building Pressure Control, the output signal must be configured for
Reverse Acting operation. A Building Pressure Sensor connected to
WARNING!!
Observe Polarity! All boards must be wired with GND-to-GND and 24VAC-to-24VAC.
Failure to observe polarity will result in damage to one or more of the boards. Expansion
Modules must be wired in such a way that the expansion modules and the controller are
always powered together. Loss of power to the expansion module will cause the controller
to become inoperative until power is restored to the expansion module.
24 VAC 10 VA Minimum Power

GND Required For
24 VAC POWER
24 VAC POWER ONLY
POLARITY

WARNING
WARNING! EXPANSION
OBSERVE
#LB102034-01
POLARITY
WILL BE
MUST BEDAMAGED
OBSERVED OR
DAMAGED

Wiring When Using Damper Actuator
R69190 For Building Pressure Control
PROE333-23-EM-A
OUT RELAY CONTACT
TO VCM-XVCM-X
RATING IS 1 AMP
MAX @ 24 VAC
RELAY CONTACT
Building Pressure Control
PR OUT
GND
+V
TO VCM-X INPUT
TERMINALS
SUCTION AI5 & GND
PRESSURE
RATING
MAX
IS 11AMP
RELAY
@ 24 VAC
Damper Actuator
24 VAC

(By Others - Belimo Actuator Shown)
GND

DIGITAL COMPRESSOR
SUCTION PRESSURE
RELAY 3
RELAY 2 Belimo Actuator
+V
SIG
GND
FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT
RELAY 4
RELAY 3
1 - COM
Wiring Shown.
RELAY 4
COMMON Consult Factory For
RELAY 1 = RELAY 3 =
RELAY
COMMON VCM
2+ Other Manufacturer
Wiring Instructions
RELAY 2 = RELAY 4 = 3 Y1
RELAY 1= RELAY 3 =
IT IS SUGGESTED BI1 = EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN - N.C. INPUT
THAT YOU WRITE THE
RELAY 2 =
THE RELAY OUTPUTS FLOW4-=N.O. INPUT
BI3 = PROOF OFRELAY
THE
IT IS BOXES
SUGGESTED
PROVIDED ABOVETHE
THAT YOU WRITE
WITH A PERMANENT
DESCRIPTION OF
BI1
BI5 = REMOTE FORCED
BI2
= HOOD
BI6==DIRTY
ON -
FILTER
REMOTE
N.O. INPUT HEATING - N.O. INPUT
- N.O. INPUT
FORCED COOLING - N.O. INPUT
Both Types Of
MARKER (SHARPIE®) BI3
BI7==PROOF
THE RELAY OUTPUTS
YOU ARE USING IN
THE BOXES
BI4
BI8==REMOTE
ON FLOW
HOOD OF
REMOTEFORCED
N.O. INPUT
- N.O. -INPUT
OCCUPIED - N.O.
- N.O. INPUT Building Pressure Control Building
PROVIDED ABOVE
A PERMANENT
ANALOG
WITH INPUT
MARKER (SHARPIE®)
NOTE:
BI7
Exhaust Fan Variable Frequency Drive Pressure
JUMPER SETTINGS SMOKE DETECTOR
ALL=BINARY INPUTS MUST BEINPUT
- N.C. 24 VAC ONLY.
MUST BE SET AS
SHOWN FOR
(By Others) Control
PROPER
ANALOG INPUT
OPERATION
JUMPER SETTINGS
MUST BE SET AS
AO1 = BUILDING PRESSURE CONTROL VFD OR
NOTE:
ALL BINARY
DAMPERINPUTS
ACTUATOR ORONLY.
24 VAC
MUST BE(0-10 2-10 VDC)
Devices Are
SHOWN FOR
ANALOG INPUT
PROPER
(0-10 VDC OR 2-10 VDC) AO1 0-10 VDC Input From AO1 Shown
JUMPER
OPERATION AO1
AO3==BUILDING
MODULATING PRESSURE CONTROL VFD
COOLING/DIGITAL OR
SCROLL +
SETTINGS
AO2
SIGNAL ACTUATOR
DAMPER OR 2-10
(0-10VDC
(0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC) VDC)
OR 1.5-5 Shield Shield Only One Type
THERM AO4==MODULATING DAMPERSIGNAL
RETURN AIR HEATING ACTUATOR
ANALOG INPUT
4-20mA
AI1 JUMPER
0-10V AO3 =
(0-10VDC
(0-10 OR 2-10 VDC)
VDC)
MODULATING COOLING/DIGITAL
AO5 = RETURN AIR BYPASS DAMPER ACTUATOR SCROLL GND GND _ GND Of Building
SETTINGS
0-5V
THERM
THERM
4-20mA
(0-10 VDC)
AO4 = RETURN AIR DAMPER ACTUATOR
Pressure
AI1 4-20mA (0-10 VDC)
AI2 0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V
AO5 = RETURN AIR BYPASS DAMPER ACTUATOR Control Device
(0-10 VDC)
AI2
AI3
THERM
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
0-10V
GND
AI1 == OUTDOOR
GND
GROUND FOR
GROUNDAIR
AI2 == INDOOR
AIRANALOG
FOR ANALOG
RH SENSOR
OUTPUTS
RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)
OUTPUTS
(0-5 VDC)
Caution: The VFD Unit Must Be Configured May Be Used
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V
THERM
A3
AI4==OUTDOOR
BUILDINGAIR STATIC PRESSURE (0-5 VDC)
For 0-10VDC Input. The Input Resistance At On Each HVAC
THERM
AI1 RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)
AI3
AI4
4-20mA
4-20mA
0-10V
GND
AI2 = GROUND
= INDOOR AIR FOR ANALOG(0-5
RH SENSOR INPUTS
VDC) The VFD Must Not Be Less Than 1000 Ohms
0-10V
GND
AI3 = GROUND
(0-10 VDC)
0-5V
0-5V
THERM AI4 = BUILDING STATIC PRESSURE (0-5 VDC) When Measured At The VFD Terminals With
AI4
4-20mA
0-10V
I2C ANALOG INPUTS
All Input Wires Removed.
#LB102034-01-A
Wiring When Using Exhaust Fan VFD

For Building Pressure Control
Note:
Wire To The VFD Using 18 GA Minimum 2 Conductor Twisted
VCM-X Pair With Shield Cable. Wire Shield To GND As Shown
Expansion Modular Cable
Module Connect To VCM-X E-BUS
Controller
Modular Cable
Board (When Used)
Figure 27: Building Pressure Control Output Wiring

Modulating Heating Device Wiring
Modulating Heating Device See Figure 28 below for detailed wiring of the Modulating Heating
Device.
The Modulating Heating Device signal can be configured for either a
0-10 VDC or 2-10 VDC output signal when programming the controller.
The output signal can be configured for either Direct Acting or Reverse Warning: It is very important to be certain that all wiring is
Acting operation as required. correct as shown in the wiring diagram below. Failure to observe the
correct polarity could result in damage to the Modulating Heating
The Output signal is normally used to control a Modulating Hot Water Device or the VCM-X Expansion Module.
Valve or Modulating Steam Valve or is used for SCR Control of an
Electric Heating Coil.
WARNING!!
Observe Polarity! All boards must be wired with GND-to-GND and 24VAC-to-24VAC. Failure to observe
polarity will result in damage to one or more of the boards. Expansion Modules must be wired in such a way
that the expansion modules and the controller are always powered together. Loss of power to the expansion
module will cause the controller to become inoperative until power is restored to the expansion module.
24 VAC
10 VA Minimum Power Required
GND
For VCM-X Expansion Module
24 VAC POWER
24 VAC POWER ONLY
Note:
POLARITY

WARNING
WARNING! EXPANSION
OBSERVE
#LB102034-01
POLARITY
WILLBE
MUST BE DAMAGED
OBSERVED OR 1.) The Modulating Heating Device
THE BOARD
WILL BE
DAMAGED
www.aaon.com
www.orioncontrols.com Used On The VCM-X Controller
VCM-X Expansion Module AAON No.: Must Have (1) Relay Output
R69190 Configured For It In Order To
RELAY CONTACT
PR OE333-23-EM-A
GND
OUT VCM-X EXPANSION
TO VCM-X INPUT
TERMINALS AI5 & GND
MODULE
RATING IS 1 AMP
MAX @ 24 VAC
Enable The Modulating Heating
RELAY CONTACT
RELAY
RATING IS 11AMP
Device's Sequence. This Relay
GND
Output Must Be Configured When
TERMINALS
SUCTION AI5 & GND
PRESSURE
+V MAX @ 24 VAC
+V
DIGITAL COMPRESSOR
SUCTION PRESSURE
RELAY 3
RELAY 2 Setting Up The VCM-X Controller
SIG
GND
FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT
RELAY 4
RELAY 3 Operating Parameters. The
COMMON
RELAY 4 Modulating Heating Output’s
RELAY 1 = RELAY 3 =
RELAY
COMMON VCM Voltage Can Also Be Configured
RELAY 2 = RELAY 4 = For Either 0 To 10 VDC Or 2 To 10
IT RELAY 1=
IS SUGGESTED
THAT YOU WRITE THE
SHUTDOWN
- N.C. INPUT VDC In The Configuration Menu.
DESCRIPTION OF
THERELAY
RELAY2OUTPUTS
FLOW4- =N.O. INPUT
THE BOXES
IT IS SUGGESTED
PROVIDED ABOVE BI5
BI1 = HOOD
REMOTEON FORCED
THAT YOU WRITE THE
WITH A PERMANENT
DESCRIPTION OF BI6
BI2 = DIRTY
REMOTE FORCED
INPUT - N.O. INPUT
MARKER (SHARPIE®)
BI3 = PROOF
HOOD ONOF -FLOW
N.O. INPUT
- N.O. INPUT
BI4 = REMOTE
REMOTEFORCED
DEHUMIDIFICATION
OCCUPIED - N.O. - N.O. INPUT
INPUT
THE BOXES
PROVIDED ABOVE
ANALOG INPUT
WITH A PERMANENT
BI6 =
NOTE: REMOTE FORCED COOLING - N.O. INPUT Modulating Heating Device
JUMPER
MARKERSETTINGS
(SHARPIE®) BI7 =BINARY
ALL SMOKEINPUTS
DETECTOR MUST - N.C.
BEINPUT
24 VAC ONLY.
MUST BE SET AS
SHOWN FOR
PROPER
BI8 = REMOTE DEHUMIDIFICATION - N.O. INPUT (0 To 10 VDC Or 2 To 10 VDC Input)
ANALOG INPUT
OPERATION AO1
JUMPER SETTINGS
MUST BE SET AS
SHOWN FOR
ANALOG INPUT
DAMPER
ALL BINARY ACTUATOR
INPUTS MUST BE
(0-10 VDC OR 2-10 VDC)
(0-10 OR ONLY.
24 VAC 2-10 VDC)
AO2
PROPER
JUMPER
OPERATION
SETTINGS
AO1 =
AO3 = BUILDING
MODULATING
DAMPER
PRESSURE
ACTUATOR
SIGNAL (0-10
CONTROL VFD
COOLING/DIGITAL
(0-10VDC
VDC, 2-10 OR 2-10
OR
SCROLL
VDC) VDC)
OR 1.5-5
+
THERM AO2 =
ANALOG 4-20mA
INPUT (0-10
AI1 JUMPER (0-10VDC
VDC)OR 2-10 VDC)
0-10V
SETTINGS
0-5V
AO3 =
RETURN AIR BYPASS
SIGNAL
DAMPERSCROLLACTUATOR
(0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC OR 1.5-5 VDC)
(0-10 VDC)
GND _ GND
THERM
THERM AO4 ==RETURN
FOR ANALOGACTUATOR
OUTPUTS
4-20mA
4-20mA
AI2
AI1 GND =(0-10 VDC) FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS
GROUND
0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
(0-10 VDC)
THERM
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
GND==OUTDOOR
AI1 GROUND FOR AIR ANALOG
RH SENSOROUTPUTS
(0-5 VDC)
AI2
AI3 0-10V
0-10V GND==INDOOR
AI2 GROUNDAIR FORRHANALOG
SENSOR OUTPUTS
(0-5 VDC)
0-5V
0-5V A3
THERM
AI3
4-20mA
AI4 0-10V AI2 = INDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V
AI3 = CO2 (0-10 VDC)
AI4
0-10V
I2C ANALOG INPUTS
#LB102034-01-A
VCM-X
Module Connect To Next Expansion
Board (When Used)
Modular Cable
Connect To VCM-X Controller
Figure 28: Modulating Heating Device Wiring

Zone
Modulating Cooling Device Wiring
Modulating Cooling Device Transducer must be wired to the Copeland Digital Scroll™ Compressor
Controller instead of the VCM-X E-BUS Controller, and the Modulat-
The Modulating Cooling Device signal can be configured for either a ing Cooling Output signal must be configured for a 1.5 to 5.0 VDC
0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC, or 1.5-5.0 VDC output signal when programming output signal. For Copeland Digital Scroll™ Compressor wiring details,
the controller. The output signal can also be configured for either Direct see Figure 19, page 22.
Acting or Reverse Acting operation as required by your application. This
signal output would normally be connected to a Modulating Chilled
Water Valve or Copeland Digital Scroll™ Compressor Controller. Warning: It is very important to be certain that all wiring is
correct as shown in the wiring diagram below. Failure to observe the
See Figure 29 below for detailed wiring of the Modulating Cooling correct polarity could result in damage to the Modulating Cooling
Device or the VCM-X Expansion Module.
Device when using a Chilled Water Valve. When this output is used
with a Copeland Digital Scroll™ Compressor, the Suction Line Pressure
WARNING!!
Observe Polarity! All boards must be wired with GND-to-GND and 24VAC-to-24VAC. Failure to
observe polarity will result in damage to one or more of the boards. Expansion Modules must
be wired in such a way that the expansion modules and the controller are always powered
together. Loss of power to the expansion module will cause the controller to become
inoperative until power is restored to the expansion module.
24 VAC Note:
GND 1.) The Modulating Cooling
Device Used Must Be Capable Of
10 VA Minimum Power Required For Accepting Either A 0-10 VDC, 2-
VCM-X Expansion Module 10 VDC, Or 1.5-5.0 VDC Input.
The Modulating Cooling Output
24 VAC POWER
Voltage Is User- Configurable For
24 VAC POWER ONLY I2C I2C
ONLY WattMaster Label
These Voltages. This Voltage
POLARITY

WARNING
WARNING! EXPANSION
OBSERVE
#LB102034-01
POLARITY
WILLBE
MUST BE DAMAGED
OBSERVED OR Output Must Be Configured When
THE BOARD
WILL BE
DAMAGED
www.aaon.com
www.orioncontrols.com You Are Setting Up The VCM-X
VCM-X Expansion Module AAON No.: Controller’(s) Operating
R69190 Parameters.
PR OE333-23-EM-A
OUT RELAY CONTACT
VCM-X EXPANSION
RATING IS 1 AMP

MAX @ 24 VAC
RELAY CONTACT 2.) The Modulating Cooling
RELAY
RATING IS 11AMP
GND
+V
TERMINALS
SUCTION AI5 & GND
PRESSURE MAX @ 24 VAC
RELAY 2
Device Used On The VCM-X
SIG TRANSDUCER CONNECTION
GND FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT
DIGITAL COMPRESSOR
RELAY 1
RELAY 3
Controller Must Have (1) Relay
+V SUCTION PRESSURE
RELAY 2
Output Configured In Order To
SIG RELAY 4
GND FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT
DIGITAL COMPRESSOR
RELAY 3
RELAY
Enable The Modulating Cooling
COMMON
RELAY 4
Device's Sequence. This Relay
RELAY
RELAY 1 = RELAY 3 = COMMON VCM Output Must Be Configured When
RELAY 2 = RELAY 4 = Setting Up The VCM-X Controller
IT RELAY 1=
IS SUGGESTED
THAT YOU WRITE THE
SHUTDOWN
- N.C. INPUT Operating Parameters.
DESCRIPTION OF
THERELAY
RELAY2OUTPUTS
FLOW4- =N.O. INPUT
THE BOXES
IT IS SUGGESTED
PROVIDED ABOVE BI5
BI1 = HOOD ON - N.O. INPUT
= REMOTE FORCED HEATING - N.O. INPUT
THAT
WITH A YOU WRITE THE
PERMANENT
DESCRIPTION OF
BI6
BI2 = REMOTE
= DIRTY FORCED
INPUT - N.O. INPUT
MARKER (SHARPIE®)
BI3 = PROOF
HOOD ONOF -FLOW
N.O. INPUT
- N.O. INPUT
BI4 = REMOTE
REMOTEFORCED
DEHUMIDIFICATION
OCCUPIED - N.O.- N.O. INPUT
INPUT
THE BOXES
ANALOG INPUT
WITH A PERMANENT BI6 = REMOTE FORCED COOLING - N.O. INPUT
NOTE:
JUMPER
MARKERSETTINGS
(SHARPIE®) BI7 =BINARY
ALL SMOKEINPUTS
DETECTOR MUST BE INPUT
- N.C. 24 VAC ONLY.
MUST BE SET AS
PROPER
ANALOG INPUT
OPERATION AO1
JUMPER SETTINGS
MUST BE SET AS
SHOWN FOR
DAMPER
ALL BINARY ACTUATOR
INPUTS MUST BE
(0-10 OR ONLY.
24 VAC 2-10 VDC)
AO3
ANALOG INPUT
PROPER
JUMPER
OPERATION
(0-10 VDC OR 2-10 VDC)
AO1 = BUILDING
AO3 MODULATING PRESSURE CONTROL VFD
COOLING/DIGITAL OR
SCROLL
+
SETTINGS
DAMPER ACTUATOR
SIGNAL (0-10 (0-10VDC
VDC, 2-10 OR 2-10 VDC) VDC)
OR 1.5-5
AI1
THERM
ANALOG 4-20mA
INPUT
AO2 = MODULATING
AO4
(0-10
(0-10 VDC
HEATING SIGNAL
RETURN AIR DAMPER
VDC)OR 2-10 VDC)
ACTUATOR GND _ GND
JUMPER
0-10V
AO3 = MODULATING
AO5 COOLING/DIGITAL
RETURN AIR BYPASS DAMPERSCROLLACTUATOR
SETTINGS
0-5V
(0-10 VDC)
THERM
THERM
4-20mA
AO4 ==RETURN
FOR ANALOGACTUATOR
OUTPUTS
AI2
AI1
4-20mA
GND =(0-10 VDC) FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS
GROUND
0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
THERM (0-10 VDC)
THERM
AI1
AI3
AI2
4-20mA
4-20mA
0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V
GND==OUTDOOR
AI2
A3
GROUND FOR
GND==INDOOR
GROUNDAIR
AIR ANALOG
FORRH
RH SENSOR
SENSOR
ANALOG
(0-5 VDC)
OUTPUTS
(0-5 VDC)
OUTPUTS Modulating Cooling Device
AI4
AI3
THERM
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
AI1 = OUTDOOR AIR RH SENSOR
GND = GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS (0-5 VDC) 0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC or 1.5-5.0 VDC
0-10V
0-10V AI2 = =INDOOR
GND AIRFOR
RH SENSOR
ANALOG(0-5 VDC)
0-5V
0-5V
THERM
GROUND
AI3 = CO2 (0-10 VDC)
INPUTS
(Configurable)
AI4
I2C 0-10V WattMaster Label
I2C ANALOG INPUTS
GND = GROUND FOR #LB102034-01-A
0-5V
VCM-X
Module Connect To Next Expansion Board
(When Used)
Modular Cable
Connect To VCM-X E-BUS Controller
Figure 29: Modulating Cooling Device Wiring

Return Air Bypass Wiring
Return Air Bypass The AAON® DPAC control scheme provides improved moisture re-
moval capabilities and tighter temperature control than the AAON® PAC
The VCM-X E-BUS Controller can be configured for AAON® PAC controls scheme by combining Copeland Digital Scroll™ Compressor
or DPAC control schemes. Both AAON® PAC and DPAC control control in addition to Return Air Bypass control.
schemes provide improved moisture removal capabilities while utiliz-
ing internal space loads for reheat by redirecting the Return Air around See Figure 30 below for detailed wiring of the Return Air Bypass and
the Evaporator Coil instead of through the coil. See the AAON® PAC Return Air Damper Actuators. See Figure 19, page 22 for detailed wir-
and DPAC applications section of this manual on page 6 for complete ing of the Copeland Digital Scroll™ Compressor.
operation details.
Warning: It is very important to be certain that all wiring
The AAON® PAC and DPAC control schemes utilize a Return Air By-
is correct as shown in the wiring diagram below. Failure to observe
pass Damper Actuator and a Return Air Damper Actuator to modulate
the correct polarity could result in damage to the Damper Actuator
the Return Air and Return Air Bypass Dampers to control the amount
or the VCM-X Expansion Module.
of air that is redirected around the Evaporator Coil.
WARNING!!
Observe Polarity! All boards must be wired with GND-to-GND and 24VAC-to-24VAC. Failure
to observe polarity will result in damage to one or more of the boards. Expansion Modules
must be wired in such a way that the expansion modules and the controller are always
powered together. Loss of power to the expansion module will cause the controller to become
inoperative until power is restored to the expansion module.
24 VAC 10 VA Minimum Power

GND Required For
24 VAC POWER
24 VAC POWER ONLY
POLARITY

WARNING
WARNING! EXPANSION
OBSERVE
#LB102034-01
POLARITY
WILL BE
MUST BE DAMAGED
OBSERVED OR
DAMAGED

Orion No.:OE333-23-EM R69190
PROE333-23-EM-A
OUT TO VCM-XVCM-X
INPUT EXPANSIONRELAY CONTACT
MODULE
Belimo Actuator Wiring
GND RATING IS 1 AMP
TERMINALS AI5 & GND
MAX @ 24 VAC
RELAY CONTACT
Shown. Consult Factory
GND
+V
TERMINALS
SUCTION AI5 & GND
PRESSURE
RELAY
RATING
MAX @ 24 VAC
1
IS 1 AMP
For Other Manufacturer
GND FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT RELAY 1 Wiring Instructions.
RELAY 2
+V SUCTION PRESSURE
COMMON
RELAY 4
Return Air
RELAY
RELAY 1 = RELAY 3 = COMMON VCM Damper Actuator
RELAY 2 = RELAY 4 =
(0-10 VDC)
ITRELAY 1=
THAT YOU WRITE THE
RELAY
THE RELAY2 OUTPUTS
= BI3 = PROOF OF RELAY
FLOW 4= - N.O. INPUT
THE BOXES
IT IS SUGGESTED
PROVIDED ABOVE BI5==HOOD
BI1 REMOTE
ON - FORCED
N.O. INPUT HEATING - N.O. INPUT 1 COM
THATAYOU
WITH WRITE THE
PERMANENT
DESCRIPTION OF
BI6==DIRTY
BI2 REMOTE FORCED
FILTER COOLING - N.O. INPUT
- N.O. INPUT
BI7==PROOF
MARKER (SHARPIE®)
THE RELAY OUTPUTS
YOU ARE USING IN
BI3 HOOD OF
BI8==REMOTE
BI4 REMOTE
ONFLOW
- N.O.- INPUT
N.O. INPUT
DEHUMIDIFICATION
FORCED OCCUPIED - N.O. - N.O. INPUT
INPUT
2 +
THE BOXES
ANALOG INPUT
WITH A PERMANENT
JUMPER
MARKER SETTINGS
(SHARPIE®)
NOTE:
BI7
ALL= BINARY INPUTS MUST
SMOKE DETECTOR BE
- N.C. 24 VAC ONLY.
INPUT
3 Y1
MUST BE SET AS
PROPER
ANALOG INPUT
NOTE:
ALL BINARY INPUTSACTUATOR
MUST BE (0-10
24 VAC OR 2-10 VDC)
ONLY.
MUST BE SET AS AO2 = MODULATING HEATING SIGNAL
SHOWNINPUT
ANALOG FOR
PROPER (0-10 VDC OR 2-10 VDC) AO4
JUMPER
OPERATION
SETTINGS
AO3==BUILDING
AO1 MODULATING
SIGNALACTUATOR
DAMPER
COOLING/DIGITAL
PRESSURE CONTROL VFDSCROLL
(0-10 VDC, (0-10
2-10 OR
VDC ORVDC)
2-10
OR
1.5-5 VDC) AO5 1 COM
THERM AO4==MODULATING
AO2 RETURN AIRHEATINGDAMPERSIGNAL
ACTUATOR
ANALOG INPUT
AI1
4-20mA
0-10V
JUMPER
(0-10
(0-10VDC
VDC)OR 2-10 VDC) GND 2 +
0-5V
AO3
AO5==MODULATING
BYPASS DAMPER SCROLL
ACTUATOR
SETTINGS
(0-10 VDC)
THERM
THERM
4-20mA
AO4
GND= = RETURN
GROUND AIRFORDAMPER ACTUATOR
ANALOG OUTPUTS 3 Y1
AI2
AI1
4-20mA
GND = (0-10 VDC) FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS
GROUND
0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
THERM (0-10 VDC)
THERM
AI1 =
GND OUTDOOR AIRANALOG
RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)
AI3
AI2
4-20mA
4-20mA
0-10V
0-10V GND
= GROUND
AI2 = INDOOR AIR
= GROUND
FOR
FORRH SENSOR
ANALOG
OUTPUTS
(0-5 VDC)
OUTPUTS Return Air Bypass
0-5V
0-5V A3
THERM
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
AI1
GND= OUTDOOR
= GROUND AIR RH ANALOG
FOR SENSOR (0-5 VDC)
INPUTS
Damper Actuator
AI4
AI3 AI2
0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V
GND= INDOOR
= GROUND AIR RH
AI3 = CO2 (0-10 VDC)
FORSENSOR
ANALOG (0-5 VDC)
INPUTS
(0-10 VDC)
AI4
4-20mA GND = GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS WattMaster Label
I2C 0-10V GND = GROUND FOR I2CANALOG INPUTS
0-5V #LB102034-01-A
Modular Cable
VCM-X
Expansion Board (When Used)
Module
Modular Cable
Figure 30: Return Air Bypass Wiring

Zone
12-Relay Expansion Module Wiring and Jumper Settings
12-Relay Expansion Module When using the 12-Relay Expansion Module, you must correctly config-
ure a set of jumpers on the board depending on whether it will be used
Three different Expansion Modules are available for use with the VCM-X by itself or in addition to the VCM-X Expansion Module.
E-BUS Controller to provide additional inputs and outputs beyond those
found on the VCM-X E-BUS Controller. They are the VCM-X Expan- The jumpers are located on the edge of the 12-Relay Expansion Module
sion Module (OE333-23-EM), the 4 Binary Input Expansion Module on the same side of the module as the power connection. See Figure
(OE356-01-BI) which can be used in place of the VCM-X Expansion 31 below for details regarding setting the switch correctly for your
Module if your system does not need any other inputs or outputs, and application.
the 12-Relay Expansion Module (OE358-23-12R).
The 12-Relay Expansion Module provides for 12 Dry Contact Configu-

rable Relay Outputs. See Figure 31 below for complete wiring details.
The expansion modules can be used individually or together to provide

the required inputs and outputs for your specific applications.
WARNING!!
Observe Polarity! All boards must be wired with GND-to-GND and 24VAC-to-24VAC. Failure to observe polarity will result in damage to one or
more of the boards. Expansion Modules must be wired in such a way that the expansion modules and the controller are always powered
together. Loss of power to the expansion module will cause the controller to become inoperative until power is restored to the expansion module.
Modular Cable
Note:
Modular Cable
All Relay Outputs Are Normally Open
Connect To Next Expansion Board And Rated For 24 VAC Power Only.
(When Used) 1 Amp Maximum Load.
24 VAC
GND
Relay Output Contacts R1 Through R12 May Be
15 VA Minimum Power User-Configured For The Following:
Required For 1 - Heating Stages
OE358-23-12R 2 - Cooling Stages
Set Jumper As Shown Below 3 - Warm-up Mode Command (VAV Boxes)
12 Relay Expansion Module 4 - Reversing Valve (Heat Pumps)
When Only The 12 Relay
5 - Reheat Control (Dehumidification)
Expansion Module Is Used 12-Relay 6 - Exhaust Fan Interlock
Expansion Module 7 - Preheater For Low Ambient Protection
8 - Alarm
9 - Override
10 - Occupied
EXP1 POWER 11 - OA Damper
12 - Heat Wheel
EXP2 24VAC 13 - Emergency Heat
RELAY Note: A Total Of 20 Relays Are Available By Adding
GND 24 VAC POWER ONLY I2C
WattMaster Label
I2C EXPANSION BOARD
WARNING! POLARITY MUST BE
EXPANSION #LB102043 EXPANSION Relay Expansion Modules. All Expansion Module
WILL BE DAMAGED YS102228 REV 1 Relay Outputs Are User-Configurable As Listed
Above.
EXP1 RLY5
EXP2 RLY6
OE358-23-12R-A 12 RELAY EXPANSION MODULE
RLY7
RLY 1 = RLY 7 =
R8
RLY 2 = RLY 8 =
RLY8 Configurable Relay Output #8
Set Jumper As Shown
RLY COM
Above When Both The 12 RLY 3 = RLY 9 =
Relay & VCM-X Expansion EXP1 RLY 4 = RLY 10 =

EXP2
Module Are Used RLY 5 = RLY 11 =
RLY 6 = RLY 12 =
NOTE:
IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT YOU WRITE THE
R1 DESCRIPTION OF THE RELAY OUTPUTS YOU R9
Configurable Relay Output #1 RLY1 ARE CONNECTING TO THE RELAY EXPANSION RLY9 Configurable Relay Output #9
R2 Configurable Relay Output #2 RLY2
MODULE IN THE BOXES PROVIDED ABOVE
USING A PERMANENT MARKER (SHARPIE)® RLY10
R3 Configurable Relay Output #3 RLY3
FOR FUTURE REFERENCE.
RLY11
R4 J1 J1 R12
Configurable Relay Output #4 RLY4
EXP1 SET JUMPER AS
SHOWN WHEN ONLY
EXP1 SET JUMPER AS
SHOWN WHEN BOTH
RLY12 Configurable Relay Output #12
RLY COM THE 12 RELAY THE VCM EXPANSION RLY COM
EXP2 EXP2
EXPANSION MODULE MODULE AND THE
IS USED RELAY EXPANSION
MODULE ARE USED
MADE IN USA
Figure 31: OE358-23-12R – 12-Relay Expansion Module Wiring and Jumper Settings

Air Flow Monitoring Station Installation and Wiring
Air Flow Monitoring Station NOTE: The Airflow Station’s baud rate needs to be set to 9600
Installation and Wiring in order to communicate with the VCM-X Controller.
The OE365-15-EBA E-BUS Adapter Board is used to connect selected

Air Flow Monitoring Stations to the VCM-X Controller. Currently, there *NOTE: When configuring the GTC-116 Series, be sure to set
are up to three Air Flow Monitoring Station options that are supported the Parity to “NO PARITY, 1 STOP BIT.”
in our standard software.
• EBTRON® – GTC-116 Series Air Flow Monitoring Station*
NOTE: Up to 3 EBTRON®, GreenTrolTM, or Paragon Airflow
• GreenTrol™ Automation – GA-200-N Module used with Measurement Digital Transmitters can be attached to each Adapter
any GF Series Air Flow Monitoring Station Board.
• Paragon MicroTransEQ series Air Flow Monitoring Station
The wiring for all three Air Flow Monitoring Stations are the same and NOTE: If using multiple E-BUS Sensors or Modules, the
are shown in Figure 32. E-BUS Hub (HZ-EBC-248 or MS000248) may be required.
Connect To
VCM-X E-BUS Port
NOTE: Set Airflow Monitoring
Station’s Baud Rate To 9600
In Order To Communicate
With The VCM-X.
ANALOG INPU
JUMPER
SETTINGS
THERM
4-20mA
AI1 SET
AI1
0-10V
0-5V
THERM
AI1 AI2
4-20mA
0-10V
AI2 SET
AI2
0-5V Airflow Measurement
THERM
AI3 AI3
4-20mA
0-10V
Digital Transmitter Terminals
0-5V
For Supply Air CFM
AI3 SET
AI4 THERM
EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN
AI5
AI4
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
NET+ (Set Address Switch To 11)
AI7
THERM
NET-
AI4 SET
AI5 4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V COMM
THERM
4-20mA
AI7
AI5 SET
0-10V
0-5V

AI7 SET
STATIC
PRESSURE
WattMaster Label
#LB102033-01
I2C I2C DIGITAL Airflow Measurement
EXPANSION SENSOR
For Return Air CFM
NET+
(Set Address Switch To 10)
NET-
COMM
Airflow Measurement
For Outdoor Air CFM
NET+ (Set Address Switch To 9)
NET-
COMM
OE365-15-EBA
E-BUS Adapter Board
HSSC Cable Connect To

VCM-X E-BUS Port
Figure 32: OE365-15-EBA - EBTRON® GTC116 Series, GreenTrolTM GA-200-N Series, and Paragon
MicroTransEQ Series Air Flow Measurement Digital Transmitter Wiring

ADDITIONAL APPLICATIONS
VCM-X E-BUS Controller to E-BUS Module Wiring
VCM-X Modular E-BUS Controller and The E-BUS Modules can be connected to the VCM-X E-BUS
VCM-X WSHP E-BUS Controller to Controller’s E-BUS port or can be daisy-chained together using
HSSC cables.
E-BUS Module Wiring
See Figures 34-40, pages 38-47 for specific E-BUS Module wiring.
The VCM-X E-BUS Controller connects to the E-BUS Modules using a
modular HSSC cable. E-BUS Modules require a 24 VAC power connec-
tion with an appropriate VA rating. See Figure 33 below for an example
of E-BUS Controller to E-BUS Module wiring.

Applications Connect To Next Controller
And/Or MiniLink PD On Local Loop. Note:
All Relay Outputs Are Normally Open And
Rated For 24 VAC Power Only.
VCM-X Modular 1 Amp Maximum Load.
E-BUS Controller
Local Loop
RS-485
9600 Baud

RELAY CONTACT
RATING IS 1 AMP
R - 24VAC
MAX @ 24 VAC

FAN
RELAY 4
RELAY 5

R2 Through R5 May Be User-Configured
Orion No.:OE332-23E-VCMX-MOD-A V07150 For The Following:
1 - Heating Stages
AI2 = SAT (SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR) 2 - Cooling Stages
3 - Warm-up Mode Command (VAV Boxes)
AI5 = SUCTION PRESSURE SENSOR (FROM EXP. MODULE) 4 - Reversing Valve (Air To Air Heat Pumps)
HSSC Cable Connect To AI7 = SPACE TEMPERATURE SENSOR SLIDE ADJUST
OR VOLTAGE RESET SOURCE 5 - Reheat Control (Dehumidification)
VCM-X E-BUS Port A01 = ECONOMIZER (2-10 VDC OUTPUT)
A02 = SUPPLY FAN VFD (0-10 VDC OUTPUT) 6 - Exhaust Fan Interlock
7 - Preheater For Low Ambient Protection
E-BUS 8 - Alarm
CONNECTOR
9 - Override
ANALOG INPUT
JUMPER
10 - Occupied
LED BLINK CODES
SETTINGS 11 - OA Damper
See Individual THERM
4-20mA
LED NAME STATUS1 STATUS2
12 - Heat Wheel
AI1
Component Wiring 0-10V
0-5V
NORMAL OPERATION 0 1
13 - Emergency Heat
SAT FAIL 1 2
AI1 SET
Diagrams For THERM

4-20mA
OAT FAIL 2 2
AI2
Detailed Wiring Of 0-10V
0-5V
SPC FAIL
MODULE ALARM
3
4
2
2 Note: A Total Of 20 Relays Are Available By
Analog Inputs And THERM
4-20mA
MECH COOL FAIL 1 3
Adding Relay Expansion Modules. All
0-10V
0-5V FAN PROOF FAIL 3 3 Expansion Module Relay Outputs Are User
AI4
THERM
4-20mA
DIRTY FILTER
EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN
4
5
3
3
Configurable As Listed Above.
0-10V
0-5V LOW SAT 1 4
AI2 SET
THERM HIGH SAT 2 4

AI5 4-20mA
0-10V
4-20mA
AI7 ZONE OVR 2 5
0-10V
AI3 SET


#LB102073-01-A
IC
2 2
IC DIGITAL 24VAC
PRESSURE Rev.: 1A EXPANSION SENSOR
Total Load.
VCM-X E-BUS Controller = 8 VA
AI4 SET
Jumpers

AI5 SET
Splice If Required
Digital CO2 Sensor
Connect To
Expansion Module(s)
(When Used)
AI7 SET
Warning:

To Atmosphere
Figure 33: VCM-X E-BUS Controller to E-BUS Module Wiring Diagram

VCM-X E-BUS Controller to E-BUS Module Wiring
NOTE: Contact Factory for the correct HSSC cable length

for your application. Cables are available in ½ meter, 3 meter,
100 foot, and 150 foot lengths.
WARNING: Be sure all controllers and modules are

powered down before connecting or
disconnecting HSSC cables.
OE370-23-XX or OE334-23-XX
Typical E-BUS Module
NOTE: ALL RELAY OUTPUTS
ARE NORMALLY OPEN AND
RATED FOR 24 VAC POWER
ONLY - 1 AMP MAXIMUM LOAD
+5V
R1
SIG 1
R2
GND
R3
+5V R4
SIG 2 Rc
RELAYS
GND
ANALOG
+5V
AO1
SIG 3
AO2
GND
GND
+5V
SIG 4 PWM1-
GND PWM1+
BIN 1 PWM2-
PWM2+
BIN 2
COM
OPTIONS
ADDRESS
ALARM
STAT
COMM
PWR
24 VAC
GND
Line Voltage
24 VAC Transformer
3 VA Minimum
WARNING!! Observe Polarity! All

boards must be wired with GND-to-
GND and 24 VAC-to-24 VAC. Failure to
observe polarity could result in damage
to the boards.
HSSC Cable
HSSC Cable
Connect To VCM-X Connect To Other
E-BUS Controller WattMaster-Approved
E-BUS Expansion Module(s)
Figure 33, cont.: VCM-X E-BUS Controller to E-BUS Module Wiring Diagram

One Condenser Head Pressure Module Overview and Wiring
One Condenser Head Pressure Module The One Condenser Head Pressure Module requires a 24 VAC power
connection with an appropriate VA rating.
The One Condenser Head Pressure Module (OE370-23-HP1C) monitors
four individual head pressure transducers and controls the Condenser
Fan or Water Valve based on the highest of the four readings. A pulse NOTE: For complete information, including the sequence of
width modulation (PWM) signal or 0-10 volt output signal is used to operation, refer to the One Condenser Head Pressure Module
control the condenser fan. Technical Guide.
The One Condenser Head Pressure Module connects to the VCM-X

Modular E-BUS Controller (OE332-23E-VCMX-MOD-A) or VCM-X
WSHP E-BUS Controller (OE332-23E-VCMX-WSHP-A). This allows
the One Condenser Head Pressure Module to receive setpoints from
the VCM-X Modular E-BUS Controller or VCM-X WSHP E-BUS
Controller. See Figure 34 below for wiring diagram.

OE370-23-HP1C ARE NORMALLY OPEN AND
One Condenser Head Pressure Module RATED FOR 24 VAC POWER
ONLY - 1 AMP MAXIMUM LOAD
Head Pressure Transducers
0 - 667 PSI
(One Per Refrigerant Circuit) HVAC UNIT CONNECTION
RD +V +5V
R1 R1 CONDENSER A ENABLE
WH SIG SIG 1
R2
BK GND GND
R3 Condenser
RD +V +5V R4
Signal
WH SIG SIG 2 Rc
COMM
BK GND GND
RELAYS +
RD +V ANALOG
+5V COM
WH SIG SIG 3
AO1
BK GND GND
AO2
RD +V GND Condenser Fan

+5V
WH SIG ECM Motor
SIG 4 PWM1-
BK GND GND PWM1+
+
BIN 1 PWM2-
PWM2+
COM
BIN 2
COM
OPTIONS
ADDRESS
ALARM
WARNING!!
STAT Observe Polarity! All
COMM
boards must be wired

with GND-to-GND and
PWR
24 VAC-to-24 VAC.
Failure to observe
24 VAC
polarity could result

GND
In damage to the boards.
Line Voltage
24 VAC Transformer
HSSC Cable 3 VA Minimum
Connect To VCM-X Connect To Other
Modular E-BUS Controller or WattMaster-Approved
VCM-X WSHP E-BUS Controller HSSC Cable E-BUS Expansion Module(s)
(See Figure 33 for details.)
Figure 34: One Condenser Head Pressure Module Wiring Diagram

Two Condenser Head Pressure II Module Overview and Wiring
Two Condenser Head Pressure II The Two Condenser Head Pressure II Module connects to the VCM-X
Module Modular E-BUS Controller (OE332-23E-VCMX-MOD-A or -C) or the
VCM-X WSHP E-BUS Controller (OE332-23E-VCMX-WSHP-A or
The Two Condenser Head Pressure II Module (OE370-23-HP2C2) -C). This allows the Two Condenser Head Pressure II Module to receive
monitors four individual head pressure transducers and controls two setpoints from the VCM-X Modular E-BUS Controller or VCM-X
Condenser Fans or Water Valves on units with two physically separate WSHP E-BUS Controller. See Figure 35 below for wiring diagram.
condenser sections. The highest reading of head pressure transducers 1
& 2 controls Condenser Signal A. The highest reading of head pressure The Two Condenser Head Pressure II Module requires a 24 VAC power
transducers 3 & 4 controls Condenser Signal B. If this is a heat pump connection with an appropriate VA rating.
unit, the module is able to detect when the unit is in Heat Pump Heat-
ing mode and will force the condenser signal to 100% until it leaves NOTE: For complete information, including the sequence of
this mode. A pulse width modulation (PWM) signal or 0-10 volt output operation, refer to the Two Condenser Head Pressure II Module
signal is used to control the condenser fans. Technical Guide.
HVAC UNIT CONNECTION

RATED FOR 24 VAC POWER CONDENSER A ENABLE
ONLY - 1 AMP MAXIMUM LOAD REVERSING VALVE A ENABLE
CONDENSER B ENABLE
REVERSING VALVE B ENABLE
OE370-23-HP2C2
Two Condenser Head Pressure II Module
Head Pressure Transducers Condenser
0 - 667 PSI Signal A
(One Per Refrigerant Circuit)
+
COND. A ENABLE R1 COM
RD +V
RELAY CONTACT
RATING IS 1 AMP
R1
MAX @ 24 VAC
+5V
REV. VLV. A ENABLE R2 R1
WH SIG SIG 1
www.aaon.com
R2
BK GND COND. B ENABLE R3 R2 Condenser
GND
R3
R3 Signal B
REV. VLV. B ENABLE R4
RD +V R4
R4
+5V RELAY COMMON RC
WH SIG Rc
COMM +
SIG 2 Two Condenser Head Pressure II Module AAON No.:
BK GND Orion No.:OE370-23-HP2C2 V20660 RELAYS
GND COM
COND. A SIGNAL AO1
RD +V +5V +5V
A1 COND. B SIGNAL AO2 ANALOG
HEAD GND
SIG 1 GND
WH SIG SIG 3 GND
PRESSURE
COND. FAN A PWM1-
AO1
TRANSDUCER #1
BK GND A2
COND. FAN A PWM1+ AO2 Condenser Fan A
GND
+5V COND. FAN B PWM2-
SIG 2
HEAD
COND. FAN B PWM2+ GND ECM Motor
RD +V GND
PRESSURE
+5V TRANSDUCER #2
WH SIG LED BLINK CODES YELLOW Duty Cycle
SIG 4 B1 PWM1-
+5V HEAD
BK GND SIG 3 PRESSURE
LED NAME STAT
PWM1+
BLUE +24 OUT
GND GND TRANSDUCER #3 BLINKS QTY. OF SENSORS INSTALLED +24 Volts
BIN 1 B2 LED NAME ALARM PWM2-
YELLOW
+5V HEAD
Set ADDRESS Dip Switch 1 to ON for BIN 2
SIG 4
GND
PRESSURE NO PROBLEMS 0
PWM2+ BLUE +24 OUT Condenser Fan B
TRANSDUCER #4 NO SENSORS DETECTED 1
Water Cooled or to OFF for Air Cooled. BIN 3 ECM Motor
HIGH HEAD PRESSURE DETECTED 2
Currently showing OFF for Air Cooled. BIN 1 COND. A ENABLE INPUT
OPTIONS
COM BIN 2 REV. VLV. ENABLE INPUT LOW HEAD PRESSURE DETECTED 3
ADDRESS
BIN 3 COND. B ENABLE INPUT Duty Cycle
COM COMMON
Set ADDRESS Dip Switch 2 to OFF
GND
+24 VAC
E-BUS WattMaster Label

E-BUS +24 Volts
on all communicating applications Connector
#LB102110-A
Rev.: 1A Connector ALARM
unless it is intended to be the Second STAT
COMM
Head Pressure Module on a system. If

set to ON, it will not communicate. PWR OPTIONS Dip Switch Setting Not Required
Currently showing OFF. When Connected To
Set ADDRESS Dip Switch 3 to ON to
24 VAC
GND
disable Circuit B alarms when only one Line Voltage

Condenser is Used. Currently showing
OFF.
Set ADDRESS Dip Switch 4 to OFF to

make reversing valve "ON to Heat /
OFF to Cool.” Set to ON to make
reversing valve “ON to Cool / OFF to
24 VAC Transformer
Heat.” Currently showing OFF. 3 VA Minimum
.
Connect To VCM-X HSSC Cable

Modular E-BUS Controller or
VCM-X WSHP E-BUS Controller HSSC Cable
(See Figure 33 for details.) Connect To VCM-X E-BUS
Figure 35: Two Condenser Head Pressure II Module Wiring Diagram

Zone
Four Compressor Micro Channel Condenser Wiring for the HP2C2
Four Compressor Micro Channel The Two Condenser Head Pressure II Modules are connected together
Condenser Wiring for the HP2C2 and then back to the Full Digital Module, a Water Source Heat Pump
Module, or the VCM-X E-BUS Controller with HSSC cables. This
Two (2) Two Condenser Head Pressure II Modules (OE370-23-HP2C2) allows setpoints, status values, and alarms to be communicated be-
can be used to monitor four head pressure transducers and control four tween the VCM-X Controller and the Two Condenser Head Pressure II
condenser fans or water valves (two circuits per module). A pulse width Modules. This module requires a 24 VAC power connection with an
modulation (PWM) signal or a 0-10 VDC output signal is used to control appropriate VA rating.
these condenser devices. See Figure 36 for the wiring details.
NOTE: ALL RELAY OUTPUTS CONDENSER 1 ENABLE

ARE NORMALLY OPEN AND REVERSING VALVE 1 ENABLE
ONLY - 1 AMP MAXIMUM LOAD CONDENSER 2 ENABLE
REVERSING VALVE 2 ENABLE
OE370-23-HP2C2
Two Condenser Head Pressure II Module Condenser
Signal 1
Head Pressure Transducers 1 - 2
0 - 667 PSI +
(One Per Refrigerant Circuit) COM
COND. A ENABLE R1
+V
RELAY CONTACT
RD
RATING IS 1 AMP
R1
MAX @ 24 VAC
+5V
WH SIG SIG 1
www.aaon.com
R2
Condenser
R2
BK GND GND
COND. B ENABLE R3
R3
Signal 2
R4
R4 R4
+5V RELAY COMMON RC
COMM +
Two Condenser Head Pressure II Module Rc
SIG 2 AAON No.:
Orion No.:OE370-23-HP2C2 V20660 RELAYS COM
GND
COND. A SIGNAL AO1
RD +V +5V +5V
A1 COND. B SIGNAL AO2 ANALOG
HEAD GND
SIG 1 GND
WH SIG GND
PRESSURE
COND. FAN A PWM1-
AO1
BK GND
SIG 3 TRANSDUCER #1
COND. FAN A PWM1+ AO2
Condenser Fan 1
A2 PWM2-
GND
+5V
SIG 2
HEAD
COND. FAN B
COND. FAN B PWM2+ GND
ECM Motor
PRESSURE
+5V GND TRANSDUCER #2
LED BLINK CODES YELLOW Duty Cycle
SIG 4 B1 PWM1-
Set ADDRESS Dip Switch 1 to ON for +5V HEAD LED NAME STAT BLUE +24 OUT
SIG 3 PRESSURE
Water Cooled or to OFF for Air Cooled. GND
GND TRANSDUCER #3 BLINKS QTY. OF SENSORS INSTALLED
PWM1+
+24 Volts
Currently showing OFF for Air Cooled. BIN 1 B2 LED NAME ALARM PWM2-
YELLOW
+5V HEAD
BIN 2 SIG 4 PRESSURE NO PROBLEMS 0 BLUE +24 OUT
GND TRANSDUCER #4 NO SENSORS DETECTED 1
PWM2+
Condenser Fan 2
If Using (2) Modules, Set ADDRESS BIN 3
Dip Switch 2 to OFF on the 1st Module BIN 1

HIGH HEAD PRESSURE DETECTED 2 ECM Motor
OPTIONS
COND. A ENABLE INPUT

COM
BIN 2 REV. VLV. ENABLE INPUT LOW HEAD PRESSURE DETECTED 3
and to ON on the 2nd Module. ADDRESS

BIN 3 COND. B ENABLE INPUT
Duty Cycle
COM COMMON
GND
+24 VAC
Currently showing OFF. WattMaster Label

E-BUS E-BUS
Connector
#LB102110-A
Rev.: 1A Connector
ALARM
STAT
+24 Volts
Set ADDRESS Dip Switch 3 to ON to COMM
disable Circuit B alarms when only one

Condenser is used. Currently showing PWR
OPTIONS Dip Switch Setting Not
OFF. Required When Connected To
VCM-X Controller.
24 VAC
GND
Set ADDRESS Dip Switch 4 to OFF to

make reversing valve "ON to Heat / Line Voltage WARNING!! Observe Polarity! All
OFF to Cool.” Set to ON to make
GND and 24 VAC-to-24 VAC.
Heat.” Currently showing OFF.
Failure to observe polarity could
result in damage to the boards.
24 VAC Transformer
HSSC Cable 3 VA Minimum
Connect To
Full Digital Module
HSSC Cable
Connect To 2nd
Two Condenser Head
Pressure Module
Figure 36: Four Compressor Micro Channel Condenser Wiring for the HP2C2

Four Compressor Micro Channel Condenser Wiring for the HP2C2
NOTE: ALL RELAY OUTPUTS CONDENSER 3 ENABLE

ONLY - 1 AMP MAXIMUM LOAD CONDENSER 4 ENABLE
OE370-23-HP2C2
Two Condenser Head Pressure II Module Condenser
Signal 3
Head Pressure Transducers 3 - 4
0 - 667 PSI +
(One Per Refrigerant Circuit)
COM
COND. A ENABLE R1
+V
RELAY CONTACT
RD
RATING IS 1 AMP
R1
MAX @ 24 VAC
+5V
WH SIG SIG 1
www.aaon.com
R2
Condenser
R2
BK GND GND
COND. B ENABLE R3
R3
Signal 4
R4
R4 R4
+5V RELAY COMMON RC
COMM +
Two Condenser Head Pressure II Module Rc
SIG 2 AAON No.:
Orion No.:OE370-23-HP2C2 V20660 RELAYS COM
GND
COND. A SIGNAL AO1
RD +V A1 COND. B SIGNAL AO2 ANALOG
+5V +5V HEAD
SIG 1 GND GND
WH SIG GND
PRESSURE
COND. FAN A PWM1-
AO1
BK GND
SIG 3 TRANSDUCER #1
COND. FAN A PWM1+ AO2
Condenser Fan 3
GND A2 COND. FAN B PWM2-
+5V
SIG 2
HEAD
PRESSURE
COND. FAN B PWM2+ GND
ECM Motor
+5V GND TRANSDUCER #2
LED BLINK CODES YELLOW Duty Cycle
SIG 4 B1 PWM1-
+5V
SIG 3
HEAD
PRESSURE
LED NAME STAT
PWM1+
BLUE +24 OUT
Set ADDRESS Dip Switch 1 to ON GND
GND TRANSDUCER #3 BLINKS QTY. OF SENSORS INSTALLED +24 Volts
for Water Cooled or to OFF for Air BIN 1
B2 LED NAME ALARM PWM2-
YELLOW
+5V HEAD
Cooled. Currently showing OFF for BIN 2 SIG 4 PRESSURE NO PROBLEMS 0
PWM2+ BLUE +24 OUT
GND TRANSDUCER #4 Condenser Fan 4
Air Cooled. BIN 3
NO SENSORS DETECTED 1
HIGH HEAD PRESSURE DETECTED 2 ECM Motor

OPTIONS
COM BIN 1 COND. A ENABLE INPUT

BIN 2 REV. VLV. ENABLE INPUT LOW HEAD PRESSURE DETECTED 3
Set ADDRESS Dip Switch 2 to ON BIN 3 COND. B ENABLE INPUT

ADDRESS
COM COMMON Duty Cycle
GND
on 2nd Head Pressure Module.

+24 VAC
E-BUS WattMaster Label

E-BUS
Connector
#LB102110-A
Rev.: 1A Connector
ALARM
STAT
+24 Volts
Set ADDRESS Dip Switch 3 to ON to COMM
disable Circuit B alarms when only

one Condenser is used. Currently PWR OPTIONS Dip Switch Setting Not
showing OFF. Required When Connected To
VCM-X Controller.
24 VAC
GND
Set ADDRESS Dip Switch 4 to OFF

to make reversing valve "ON to Heat Line Voltage WARNING!! Observe Polarity! All
/ OFF to Cool.” Set to ON to make
Heat.” Currently showing OFF.
24 VAC Transformer
3 VA Minimum
Connect To Other
WattMaster-Approved
HSSC Cable E-BUS Expansion Module(s)
Figure 36, cont.: Four Compressor Micro Channel Condenser Wiring for the HP2C2

AAON® Tulsa Full Digital Module Overview and Wiring
AAON® Tulsa Full Digital Module The Full Digital Module requires a 24 VAC power connection with an
appropriate VA rating.
The Full Digital Module (OE370-23-FD-A) is a device that enables and
modulates up to four digital compressors on HVAC Units controlled by
the VCM-X Modular E-BUS Controller (OE332-23E-VCMX-MOD- NOTE: The Compressor Relays on the Full Digital Module
A). The Full Digital Module will control the digital compressors to are used rather than the relay outputs on the VCM-X Modular
satisfy the cooling, dehumidification, and heat pump requirements of E-BUS Controller.
the VCM-X Modular E-BUS Controller.
The Full Digital Module connects to the VCM-X Modular E-BUS NOTE: For complete information, including the sequence of
Controller. This allows the Full Digital Module to receive setpoints and operation, refer to the Full Digital Module Technical Guide.
monitor the Supply Air Temperature from the VCM-X Modular E-BUS
Controller. See Figure 37 below for wiring diagram.
P5 SHLD P4
RD
P6 EXC P3
WH
C1 OUT P2
BK
C2 COM P1
OE275-01 Suction
Copeland Digital Pressure Transducer
Compressor Controller A1
OE370-23-FD-A ARE NORMALLY OPEN AND
Full Digital Module RATED FOR 24 VAC POWER
ONLY. 1 AMP MAXIMUM LOAD.
P5 SHLD P4
RD
P6 EXC P3
WH
C1 OUT P2
BK
C2 COM P1
OE275-01 Suction +5V
R1 R1 COMPRESSOR A1 ENABLE
SIG 1 R2
Copeland Digital Pressure Transducer SIG 1
R2 COMPRESSOR A2 ENABLE
GND R3
Compressor Controller A2 GND
R3 COMPRESSOR B1 ENABLE
+5V R4
SIG 2 SIG 2 Rc HVAC UNIT CONNECTIONS
P5 SHLD P4 GND GND
RELAYS
RD
P6 EXC P3 +5V
ANALOG
SIG 3 AO1
WH SIG 3
AO1
C1 OUT P2 AO2
GND AO2
BK GND
C2 COM P1 GND
OE275-01 Suction +5V
Pressure Transducer SIG 4

Copeland Digital SIG 4 PWM1-
GND
Compressor Controller B1 GND PWM1+
BIN 1 PWM2-
PWM2+
BIN 2
COM
OPTIONS
P5 SHLD P4
ADDRESS
RD
P6 EXC P3
C1 OUT P2
WH This Dip ALARM
BK Switch Is Not STAT
COMM
C2 COM P1 Used For This

OE275-01 Suction This Dip
Application PWR
Switch Is Not
Copeland Digital Pressure Transducer
Compressor Controller B2 Used For This
24 VAC
WARNING!!
GND
Application Observe Polarity! All

with GND-to-GND and
24 VAC-to-24 VAC.
Failure to observe
polarity could result in
Connect To VCM-X damage to the boards.
Modular E-BUS Controller
(See Figure 33 for details.)
HSSC Cable Line Voltage
24 VAC Transformer
3 VA Minimum
Connect To Other
WattMaster-Approved
HSSC Cable E-BUS Expansion Module(s)
Figure 37: AAON Tulsa’s Full Digital Module Wiring Diagram

AAON® Coil Dual Digital Module Overview and Wiring
AAON® Coil Dual Digital Module The Dual Digital Module requires a 24 VAC power connection with
an appropriate VA rating.
The Dual Digital Module (OE370-23-DD-C) is a device that enables
and modulates two digital compressors on HVAC Units controlled by
the VCM-X Modular E-BUS Controller (OE332-23E-VCMX-MOD- NOTE: The Compressor Relays on the Dual Digital Module
C). The Dual Digital Module will control the digital compressors to are used rather than the relay outputs on the VCM-X Modular
satisfy the cooling, dehumidification, and heat pump requirements of E-BUS Controller.
the VCM-X Modular E-BUS Controller.
The Dual Digital Module connects to the VCM-X Modular E-BUS NOTE: For complete information, including the sequence of
Controller. This allows the Dual Digital Module to receive setpoints operation, refer to the Dual Digital Module Technical Guide.
and monitor the Supply Air Temperature from the VCM-X Modular
E-BUS Controller. See Figure 38 below for wiring diagram.
OE370-23-DD-C NOTE: ALL RELAY OUTPUTS ARE NORMALLY

Dual Digital Module OPEN AND RATED FOR 24 VAC POWER ONLY
- 1 AMP MAXIMUM LOAD
RELAY CONTACT RATING

+5V IS 1 AMP MAX @ 24 VAC R1 R1 COMPRESSOR A1 ENABLE
SIG 1 SIG 1 COMP. #1 ENABLE R1
R2 R2 COMPRESSOR A2 ENABLE
GND GND COMP. #2 ENABLE R2 R3
NOT USED R3
R4
+5V
NOT USED R4
Rc
COMM
SIG 2
HVAC UNIT CONNECTIONS
RELAY COMMON RC RELAYS
GND
OE370-23-FD FULL DIGITAL COMPRESSOR MODULE
+5V
COMP. #1 CNTRLR C2 AO1
ANALOG
AO1 OE275-01 Suction
COMPRESSOR #1
SIG 3 +5V COMP. #2 CNTRLR C2 AO2 AO1
Pressure Transducer
SIG 3
SIG 1
NOT USED
COPELAND CNTRLR P6 COMP. #1 & #2 CNTRLR C1 GND AO2 P5 SHLD P4
GND GND GND COPELAND CNTRLR P5
AO2
GND RD
COMPRESSOR #2 GND P6 EXC P3
+5V +5V NOT USED
SIG 2 COPELAND CNTRLR P6 WH
SIG 4 GND COPELAND CNTRLR P5 PWM1- C1 OUT P2
BK
GND +5V PWM1+ C2 COM P1
SIG 3 NOT USED
GND
BIN 1 PWM2-
+5V
BIN 2 SIG 4 NOT USED
PWM2+ Copeland Digital
GND
Compressor Controller A1
This Dip COM
BIN 1
OPTIONS
BIN 2 NOT USED

Switch Is Not ADDRESS COM
GND
+24 VAC
Used For This E-BUS WattMaster Label E-BUS OE275-01 Suction

Application Connector #LB102056 Connector
ALARM
Pressure Transducer
STAT
This Dip
COMM
Switch Is
P5 SHLD P4
Not Used RD
PWR
P6 EXC P3
For This
WH
Application C1 OUT P2
BK
24 VAC
C2 COM P1
GND
Copeland Digital
Compressor Controller B1
Line Voltage
WARNING!!
Observe Polarity! All boards
24 VAC Transformer must be wired with GND-to-GND
3 VA Minimum and 24 VAC-to-24 VAC. Failure
HSSC Cable
to observe polarity could result in
Connect To Other damage to the boards.
Connect To VCM-X WattMaster-Approved
Modular E-BUS Controller E-BUS Expansion Module(s)
(See Figure 33 for details.) HSSC Cable
Figure 38: AAON Coil Dual Digital Module Wiring Diagram

AAON® WSHP-X2 Module Overview and Wiring
AAON® Water Source Heat Pump X2 The WSHP-X2 Module connects to the VCM-X WSHP E-BUS Con-
Module Single Water Circuit troller (OE332-23E-VCMX-WSHP-A). This allows the Water Source
Heat Pump Module to receive control data and alarms from the VCM-X
The OE334-26-WSHP-X2 Water Source Heat Pump X2 (WSHP-X2) WSHP E-BUS Controller. See Figure 39 below for a single water circuit
Module monitors the compressors on an AAON® Water Source Heat wiring diagram.
Pump unit and can disable the compressors based on low Suction Pres-
sure, Leaving Water Temperature, and Water Proof of Flow inputs. It NOTE: The WSHP-X2 Module is factory set for R410-A and
also utilizes a Delay Timer to prevent the compressors from turning 0% glycol.
on at the same time.
The WSHP-X2 Module’s water circuit configuration can be either
single or dual. There are eight R410-A glycol configurations for the NOTE: For complete information, including the sequence of
WSHP-X2 Module—0%-40% in increments of 5%. There are two operation, refer to the WSHP-X2 Module Technical Guide.
refrigerant selections—R410-A refrigerant and R-22 refrigerant. If
R-22 refrigerant is selected, the glycol will automatically default to 0%.
OE334-26-WSHP-X2
Water Source NOTE: ALL RELAY OUTPUTS
Heat Pump X2 Module ARE NORMALLY OPEN AND
ONLY
HVAC UNIT
CIRCUIT A RD +V CONNECTIONS
SUCTION PRESSURE WH SIG 1 YS102374 REV 0
BK GND WATTMASTER CONTROLS
TRANSDUCER ALARM MADE IN USA
R1 COMP. A1 ENABLE
UP R2 COMP. A2 ENABLE
M R3 COMP. B1 ENABLE
RD +V MENU ENTER
R4 COMP. B2 ENABLE
CIRCUIT B
WH SIG 1
www.aaon.com
R5 ALARM OUTPUT
SUCTION PRESSURE
TRANSDUCER BK GND www.orioncontrols.com DOWN COMM
OE334-26-WSHP-X2 WSHP-X2 MODULE AAON NO.: V48820
NON-DIGITAL COMPRESSORS RELAY CONTACT RATING
+5V SUCT. PR. SENSOR IS 1 AMP MAX @ 24 VAC AOUT1
PRES PRES 1=A1, PRES 2=A2 COMP A1
GND PRES 3=B1, PRES 4=B2 COMP. A1 ENABLE R1 AOUT2 SEE
+5 TO RED, PRES TO WHT & GND TO BLK COMP. A2 ENABLE R2 COMP A2
DIGITAL COMRESSORS COMP. B1 ENABLE R3 AOUT3 NOTE
+5V COMP B1
PRES
NOT USED
PRES 1=A1, PRES 2=A2
COMP. B2 ENABLE R4
AOUT4 BELOW
GND PRES 3=B1, PRES 4=B2
ALARM OUTPUT R5 COMP B2
+5 NOT USED, PRES TO P6 & GND TO P5
RELAY COMMON RC
BIN1 - COMP A1 EN BIN6 - H2O POF A DIGITAL/VFD COMPRESSORS
BIN2 - COMP A2 EN BIN7 - H2O POF B
BIN3 - COMP B1 EN COM - COMMON
A1, A2, B1, B2 NOTE:
BIN4 - COMP B2 EN
BIN5 - HEAT ENABLE
AOUT1 - COMP A1 CONNECT TO
AOUT2 - COMP A2 CNTLR C2
DIGITAL COMPRESSORS = 1.5-5 VDC
WATER POF BIN6 T 1 - LEAVING WATER TEMP AOUT3 - COMP B1
TERM.
VFD COMPRESSORS = 0-10 VDC
T 2 - LEAVING WATER TEMP AOUT4 - COMP B2
GND - GROUND
GND
+24 VAC
E-BUS WattMaster Label E-BUS

COM HSSC #SW000063 HSSC
WARNING!! Observe Polarity! All CONNECT Rev.: 1B CONNECT
boards must be wired with GND- T1

to-GND and 24 VAC-to-24 VAC.
24 VAC

GND
GND
WARNING!!
Line Voltage
Observe Polarity! All
24 VAC Transformer with GND-to-GND and 24
Connect To Other
WattMaster-Approved
HSSC Cable 3 VA Minimum VAC-to-24 VAC. Failure
E-BUS Expansion Module(s) to observe polarity could
result in damage to the
E
boards.
HSSC Cable
Connect To VCM-X WSHP
E-BUS Controller
LEAVING WATER TEMPERATURE
Figure 39: WSHP-X2 Module Single Water Circuit Wiring Diagram

The WSHP-X2 Module connects to the E-BUS Controller using a

modular HSSC cable. The WSHP-X2 Module requires a 24 VAC power NOTE: Contact Factory for the correct HSSC cable length for
connection with an appropriate VA rating. your application. Cables are available in ½ & 3 Meter lengths
and 100 and 150 Foot lengths.
Any E-BUS Module can be connected to the E-BUS Controller’s E-BUS
port or can be daisy-chained together using HSSC cables.
powered down before connecting or
NOTE: When using the WSHP-X2 Module, all compressors disconnecting HSSC cables.
will be wired from the WSHP-X2 Module, not the VCM-X
WSHP E-BUS Controller or SA E-BUS Controller.

OE332-23E-VCMX-WSHP All Relay Outputs Are Normally Open And
E-BUS Controller
Local Loop
RS-485
9600 Baud

RELAY CONTACT
RATING IS 1 AMP
R - 24VAC
MAX @ 24 VAC

FAN
RELAY 4
RELAY 5
VCM-X MODULAR E-BUS CONTROLLER AAON No.: For The Following:
1 - Heating Stages
AI1 = SPC (SPACE TEMPERATURE SENSOR) 2 - Cooling Stages
AI3 = RAT (RETURN AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR) 3 - Warm-up Mode Command (VAV Boxes)
AI5 = SUCTION PRESSURE SENSOR (FROM EXP. MODULE) 4 - Reversing Valve (Air To Air Heat Pumps)
HSSC Cable Connect To OR VOLTAGE RESET SOURCE 5 - Reheat Control (Dehumidification)
VCM-X E-BUS Port A02 = SUPPLY FAN VFD (0-10 VDC OUTPUT) 6 - Exhaust Fan Interlock
E-BUS
CONNECTOR
8 - Alarm
9 - Override
ANALOG INPUT
JUMPER
SETTINGS
LED BLINK CODES 10 - Occupied
4-20mA
LED NAME STATUS1 STATUS2 11 - OA Damper
AI1
0-10V NORMAL OPERATION 0 1 12 - Heat Wheel
Component 0-5V
SAT FAIL 1 2
AI1 SET
THERM
OAT FAIL 2 2 13 - Emergency Heat
Wiring Diagrams AI2
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
SPC FAIL 3 2
Note: 1.) When Using the WSHP-X Module,
MODULE ALARM 4 2
For Detailed THERM
4-20mA
MECH COOL FAIL 1 3
All Compressors Will Be Wired From the Module,
Wiring Of Analog 0-10V
0-5V FAN PROOF FAIL 3 3 Not the VCM-X Controller.
Inputs And AI4
THERM
4-20mA
0-10V
DIRTY FILTER
EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN
4
5
3
3 2.) A Total Of 20 Relays Are Available By Adding Relay
Outputs 0-5V LOW SAT 1 4
Expansion Modules. All Expansion Module Relay
AI2 SET
THERM HIGH SAT 2 4

AI5 4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
CONT. TEMP COOL FAIL
CONT. TEMP HEAT FAIL
3
4
4
4
Outputs Are User Configurable As Listed Above.
4-20mA
AI7 ZONE OVR 2 5
0-10V
AI3 SET


#LB102073-01-A
IC
2 2
IC DIGITAL 24VAC
PRESSURE Rev.: 1A EXPANSION SENSOR
Total Load.
VCM-X Controller = 8 VA
AI4 SET
Jumpers

AI5 SET
Splice If Required
Digital CO2 Sensor
Connect To
Expansion Module(s)
(When Used)
AI7 SET
Warning:

Port (Bottom Tube) And Route To Static
To Atmosphere.
Figure 39: WSHP-X2 Module Single Water Circuit Wiring Diagram, continued

AAON® Water Source Heat Pump X2 The WSHP-X2 Module connects to the VCM-X WSHP E-BUS Con-
Module Dual Water Circuit troller (OE332-23E-VCMX-WSHP-A). This allows the Water Source
Heat Pump Module to receive control data and alarms from the VCM-X
The OE334-26-WSHP-X2 Water Source Heat Pump X2 (WSHP-X2) WSHP E-BUS Controller. See Figure 40 below for a Dual water circuit
Module monitors the compressors on an AAON® Water Source Heat wiring diagram.
Pump unit and can disable the compressors based on low Suction Pres-
sure, Leaving Water Temperature, and Water Proof of Flow inputs. It NOTE: The WSHP-X2 Module is factory set for R410-A and
also utilizes a Delay Timer to prevent the compressors from turning 0% glycol.
on at the same time.
The WSHP-X2 Module’s water circuit configuration can be either
single or dual. There are eight R410-A glycol configurations for the NOTE: For complete information, including the sequence of
WSHP-X2 Module—0%-40% in increments of 5%. There are two operation, refer to the WSHP-X2 Module Technical Guide.
refrigerant selections—R410-A refrigerant and R-22 refrigerant. If
R-22 refrigerant is selected, the glycol will automatically default to 0%.
OE334-26-WSHP-X2
Water Source ARE NORMALLY OPEN AND
Heat Pump X2 Module RATED FOR 24 VAC POWER
ONLY
HVAC UNIT
CIRCUIT A1 RD +V CONNECTIONS
SUCTION PRESSURE WH SIG 1 YS102374 REV 0
BK GND WATTMASTER CONTROLS
TRANSDUCER ALARM
MADE IN USA
RD +V R1
CIRCUIT A2 COMP. A1 ENABLE
WH SIG 2 R2
SUCTION PRESSURE UP COMP. A2 ENABLE
TRANSDUCER
BK GND M R3 COMP. B1 ENABLE
RD +V MENU ENTER R4 COMP. B2 ENABLE
CIRCUIT B1
WH SIG 1
www.aaon.com
R5 ALARM OUTPUT
SUCTION PRESSURE
TRANSDUCER BK GND www.orioncontrols.com DOWN COMM
OE334-26-WSHP-X2 WSHP-X2 MODULE AAON NO.: V48820
CIRCUIT B2 RD +V NON-DIGITAL COMPRESSORS RELAY CONTACT RATING
WH SIG 2 +5V SUCT. PR. SENSOR IS 1 AMP MAX @ 24 VAC AOUT1 COMP A1
SUCTION PRESSURE PRES PRES 1=A1, PRES 2=A2
TRANSDUCER BK GND GND PRES 3=B1, PRES 4=B2 COMP. A1 ENABLE R1 AOUT2 SEE
+5 TO RED, PRES TO WHT & GND TO BLK COMP. A2 ENABLE R2 COMP A2
DIGITAL COMRESSORS COMP. B1 ENABLE R3 AOUT3 NOTE
COMP B1
+5V
PRES
NOT USED
PRES 1=A1, PRES 2=A2
COMP. B2 ENABLE R4
AOUT4 BELOW
GND PRES 3=B1, PRES 4=B2
ALARM OUTPUT R5 COMP B2
+5 NOT USED, PRES TO P6 & GND TO P5
RELAY COMMON RC
BIN1 - COMP A1 EN BIN6 - H2O POF A DIGITAL/VFD COMPRESSORS
BIN2 - COMP A2 EN BIN7 - H2O POF B A1, A2, B1, B2 NOTE:
BIN3 - COMP B1 EN COM - COMMON
BIN4 - COMP B2 EN AOUT1 - COMP A1 CONNECT TO
CNTLR C2
DIGITAL COMPRESSORS = 1.5-5 VDC
BIN5 - HEAT ENABLE AOUT2 - COMP A2 TERM.
WATER POF A BIN6 T 1 - LEAVING WATER TEMP AOUT3 - COMP B1 VFD COMPRESSORS = 0-10 VDC
T 2 - LEAVING WATER TEMP AOUT4 - COMP B2
WATER POF B BIN7 GND - GROUND
GND
+24 VAC
E-BUS WattMaster Label E-BUS

COM HSSC #SW000063 HSSC
CONNECT Rev.: 1B CONNECT
WARNING!! Observe Polarity! All T1
boards must be wired with GND-to- T2
24 VAC
GND
result in damage to the boards. GND WARNING!!

Observe Polarity! All
Line Voltage
with GND-to-GND and 24
24 VAC Transformer VAC-to-24 VAC. Failure
Connect To Other 3 VA Minimum
WattMaster-Approved
HSSC Cable to observe polarity could
E-BUS Expansion Module(s) result in damage to the
E
boards.
HSSC Cable
Controller or SA E-BUS Controller

FOR SYSTEM A

FOR SYSTEM B
Figure 40: WSHP-X2 Module Dual Water Circuit Wiring Diagram

The WSHP-X2 Module connects to the E-BUS Controller using a

modular HSSC cable. The WSHP-X2 Module requires a 24 VAC power NOTE: Contact Factory for the correct HSSC cable length for
connection with an appropriate VA rating. your application. Cables are available in ½ & 3 Meter lengths
and 100 and 150 Foot lengths.
Any E-BUS Module can be connected to the E-BUS Controller’s E-BUS
port or can be daisy-chained together using HSSC cables.
NOTE: When using the WSHP-X2 Module, all compressors powered down before connecting or
will be wired from the WSHP-X2 Module, not the VCM-X disconnecting HSSC cables.
WSHP E-BUS Controller or SA E-BUS Controller.

OE332-23E-VCMX-WSHP All Relay Outputs Are Normally Open And
E-BUS Controller
Local Loop
RS-485
9600 Baud

RELAY CONTACT
RATING IS 1 AMP
R - 24VAC
MAX @ 24 VAC

FAN
RELAY 4
RELAY 5

VCM-X MODULAR E-BUS CONTROLLER
AAON No.:
V07150
For The Following:
1 - Heating Stages
2 - Cooling Stages
3 - Warm-up Mode Command (VAV Boxes)
HSSC Cable Connect To
4 - Reversing Valve (Air To Air Heat Pumps)
VCM-X E-BUS Port
5 - Reheat Control (Dehumidification)
A02 = SUPPLY FAN VFD (0-10 VDC OUTPUT) 6 - Exhaust Fan Interlock
E-BUS
CONNECTOR 8 - Alarm
ANALOG INPUT
9 - Override
JUMPER
SETTINGS
LED BLINK CODES
10 - Occupied
4-20mA
LED NAME STATUS1 STATUS2 11 - OA Damper
AI1
Component Wiring 0-10V
0-5V
NORMAL OPERATION 0 1
12 - Heat Wheel
SAT FAIL 1 2
AI1 SET
Diagrams For THERM

4-20mA
OAT FAIL 2 2
13 - Emergency Heat
AI2
Detailed Wiring Of 0-10V SPC FAIL 3 2
0-5V MODULE ALARM 4 2 Note: 1.) When Using the WSHP-X Module,
Analog Inputs And THERM MECH COOL FAIL 1 3
Outputs AI3
4-20mA
0-10V MECH HEAT FAIL 2 3 All Compressors Will Be Wired From the Module,
0-5V
THERM
FAN PROOF FAIL
DIRTY FILTER
3
4
3
3
Not the VCM-X Controller.
AI4
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN
LOW SAT
5
1
3
4
2.) A Total Of 20 Relays Are Available By Adding Relay
AI2 SET
THERM
4-20mA
HIGH SAT 2 4 Expansion Modules. All Expansion Module Relay Outputs
0-10V
0-5V CONT. TEMP HEAT FAIL 4 4 Are User Configurable As Listed Above.
4-20mA
AI7 ZONE OVR 2 5
0-10V
AI3 SET


#LB102073-01-A
IC
2 2
IC DIGITAL 24VAC
Rev.: 1A
Total Load.
VCM-X Controller = 8 VA
AI4 SET
Jumpers

AI5 SET
Splice If Required
Digital CO2 Sensor
Connect To
Expansion Module(s)
(When Used)
AI7 SET
Warning:

To Atmosphere
Figure 40: WSHP-X2 Module Dual Water Circuit Wiring Diagram, continued

Zone
START-UP & COMMISSIONING Zone
Addressing & Powering Up
Before Applying Power E-BUS Controller’s address switch must be set as address 59, no excep-
tions. See Figure 41 below for address switch setting information. For
In order to have a trouble free start-up, it is important to follow a few detailed information regarding communication wiring and connection
simple procedures. Before applying power for the first time, it is very for interconnected and networked systems, please see the Orion Systems
important to correctly address the controller and run through a few Technical Guide—OR-SYS-TGD-XX.
simple checks.
Power Wiring
Controller Addressing
One of the most important checks to make before powering up the
All VCM-X E-BUS Controllers are equipped with address switches. If system for the first time is to confirm proper voltage and transformer
the VCM-X E-BUS Controller is to operate as a stand-alone system (not sizing for each controller. Each VCM-X E-BUS Controller requires 8
connected to any other HVAC unit or VAV/Zone Controllers), the control- VA of power delivered to it at 24 VAC. Each VCM-X Expansion Mod-
ler address switch should be set for address 1. When using the Modular ule requires 10 VA at 24 VAC and each 12-Relay Expansion Module
Service Tool or System Manager to program and configure the VCM-X requires 15 VA at 24 VAC. You may use separate transformers for each
E-BUS Controller, you would enter this address to communicate with device (preferred) or power several devices from a common transformer.
the controller. When the system is to be connected to other HVAC unit If several devices are to be powered from a single transformer, correct
controllers on a communication loop, each controller’s address switch polarity must be followed.
must be set with a unique address between 1 and 59. When the VCM-X
E-BUS Controller will be used with VAV/Zone Controllers, the VCM-X
Note:
The Power To The Controller Must Be Removed And
RELAY CONTACT Reconnected After Changing The Address Switch Settings In
RATING IS 1 AMP
MAX @ 24 VAC Order For Any Changes To Take Effect.
RELAY
COMMON
FAN
Caution:
RELAY 2 Disconnect All Communication Loop Wiring From The
RELAY 3 Controller Before Removing Power From The Controller.
RELAY 4 Reconnect Power And Then Reconnect Communication Loop
RELAY 5
Wiring.

Orion No.:OE332-23E-VCMX-MOD-A V07150 ADDRESS
This Switch Should Be ADD
AI3 = RAT (RETURN AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR) In The OFF Position 1
As Shown 2
4
A02 = SUPPLY FAN VFD (0-10 VDC OUTPUT) 8
16
E-BUS
CONNECTOR 32
ANALOG INPUT --------
SETTINGS NET
4-20mA
AI1
0-10V NORMAL OPERATION 0 1
0-5V
SAT FAIL 1 2
AD
AD
THERM
OAT FAIL 2 2
D
4-20mA
AI2
D
0-10V SPC FAIL 3 2

4-20mA
0-10V
4-20mA
AI4 0-10V EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN 5 3
0-5V LOW SAT 1 4
THERM HIGH SAT 2 4
AI5 4-20mA
0-10V
AI7
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
ZONE OVR
OUTPUT FORCE ACTIVE
2
0
5
6
Controller
Address Switch
WARNING! POLARITY MUST BE OBSERVED
MUST BE SET AS SHOWN FOR
PROPER OPERATION OR THE CONTROLLER WILL BE DAMAGED Address Switch Shown Is Address Switch Shown Is
STATIC
PRESSURE
WattMaster Label
#LB102073-01-A
Rev.: 1A
IC
2
EXPANSION
2
IC DIGITAL
SENSOR
Set For Address 1 Set For Address 13
The Address For Each Controller
Must Be Unique To The Other Controllers
On The Local Loop And Be Between 1 and 59
Figure 41: VCM-X E-BUS Controller Address Switch Setting

START-UP & COMMISSIONING
Programming the Controller
Programming the Controller

Warning: Observe Polarity! All boards must be wired with
GND-to-GND and 24 VAC-to-24 VAC. Failure to observe The next step is programming the controller for your specific require-
polarity will result in damage to one or more of the boards. ments. In order to configure and program the VCM-X E-BUS Controller,
Expansion modules must be wired in such a way that the you must use an operator interface. Four different operator interfaces
Expansion modules and the VCM-X E-BUS Controller are are available for programming and monitoring of the VCM-X E-BUS
always powered together. Loss of power to the Expansion module Controller These are as follows:
will cause it to become inoperative until power is restored
to the Expansion module. • Modular Service Tool SD
• Modular System Manager SD
Check all wiring leads at the terminal block for tightness. Be sure that • System Manager Touch Screen II
wire strands do not stick out and touch adjacent terminals. Confirm
that all sensors required for your system are mounted in the appropri- • Computer with Prism 2 Software Installed and
ate location and wired into the correct terminals on the VCM-X E-BUS the CommLink 5 Communications Interface
Controller. Be sure any expansion modules connected to the VCM-X
E-BUS Controller are also correctly wired just as you did for the VCM- Any of these devices or a combination of them can be used to access
X E-BUS Controller. the status, configuration, and setpoints of any controller on your com-
munications loop.
After all the above wiring checks are complete, apply power to the
VCM-X E-BUS Controller and all expansion modules connected to it. If using the Modular Service Tool, Modular System Manager, or System
Manager TS II with your system, refer to the VCM-X / RNE Operator
Interfaces SD Technical Guide and the System Manager Touch Screen
Initialization II Technical Guide for complete VCM-X E-BUS Controller program-
ming instructions.
On system power up, a 30-second startup delay is performed where all
default setpoints are initialized, LED’s are initialized, and all outputs If using a computer and the Prism 2 Software, refer to the Prism 2
are turned off. Technical Guide.
When power is first applied, LED1 and LED2 will flash out the controller No matter which operator interface you use, we recommend that you
address. LED1 will flash to represent the tens position. LED2 will flash proceed with the programming and setup of the VCM-X E-BUS Con-
to represent the ones position. After the controller address is complete, troller in the order that follows:
there will be a short pause and then 60 fast flashes to represent controller
1. Configure the Controller for your application.
initialization. There will be no controller operation or communications
during initialization. After initialization, LED1 and LED2 will continu- 2. Program the Controller setpoints.
ously flash the status code. 3. Program the Controller operation schedules.
Example of a controller address of 59: 4. Set the Controller current time and date.
LED1 will flash 5 times. LED2 will flash 9 times. 5. Review Controller status screens to verify system
operation and correct Controller configuration.
See Table 3 on page 69 in the Troubleshooting Section of this manual
for detailed diagnostic blink code information.
Operating Summary
There is a standard set of operating instructions that are continuously
repeated during normal operations. They are listed below.
1. Read Analog Inputs for Temperatures, Pressures, and

Binary Contact Closures.
2. Calculate Occupied/Unoccupied Mode of Operation.
System Manager
3. Calculate HVAC Mode of Operation.
UP STATUS
1 2 3
4. Set all outputs to match calculations for Heating or Cooling 4 5 6
PREV NEXT
SETPOINTS
SCHEDULES
or Vent Mode. 7 8 9 ESC DOWN CLEAR OVERRIDES
DEC
0 -
MINUS ENTER ALARMS
5. Broadcast information to other controllers if configured.

6. Log all temperatures and output conditions.
Figure 42: Modular Service Tool SD, Modular
7. Repeat steps 1 through 6 continuously. System Manager SD, System Manager Touch
Screen II, and Prism 2 Software Operator Interfaces

Zone
INPUTS & OUTPUTS Zone
VCM-X E-BUS Controller Inputs
VCM-X E-BUS Controller Inputs Coil Temperature is considered to be the Saturation Vapor Pressure of
the refrigerant leaving the evaporator coil. In most cases, the Supply Air
AI1 - Space Temperature Sensor Input Temperature leaving the Evaporator coil will be 10°F to 15°F higher
If you want to generate Occupied or Unoccupied Heating and Cooling than the calculated Evaporator Coil Temperature.
demands based on Space Temperature, select this Sensor for the HVAC
Mode enable. The Space Temperature Sensor can be used for Night Set- NOTE: All temperature Sensors must be Thermistor Type III which
back control regardless of the HVAC Mode Sensor selected. If the Space provide 77.0°F @ 10K Ohms Resistance.
Temperature Sensor used is equipped with the optional Push-Button
Override Feature, this input will detect user overrides from Unoccu-
pied back to Occupied operation for a user-adjustable amount of time.
AI6 - Duct Static Pressure Sensor Input
This Sensor is not required for Cooling Only HVAC units configured
This special phone jack-style input connection accepts a Duct Static
for Supply Air Temperature control as the HVAC Mode Enable Sensor
Pressure Sensor input modular cable. The Duct Static Pressure Sensor
unless Night Setback operation is required. The Space Temperature can
reading is used to determine current Duct Static Pressure. This Static
also be configured to reset the Supply Air Temperature Setpoint. The
Pressure reading is used to control the output signal supplied to the Sup-
Space Temperature Sensor is the only Sensor that can be used for Night
ply Fan VFD or Zoning Bypass Damper Actuator. If you have configured
Setback operation during the Unoccupied Mode.
the HVAC unit for Constant Volume operation, this Sensor is optional.
If it is installed on a Constant Volume unit, it will not affect operation,
AI2 - Supply Air Temperature Sensor Input
but rather will be used as a status-only reading.
The Supply Air Temperature Sensor is the default HVAC Mode Enable
Sensor. For typical VAV units that are Cooling Only with Morning
Warm-up, this Sensor should be configured as the HVAC Mode Enable
AI7 - Space Temperature Sensor Slide Adjust or
Sensor. Heating will only occur during Morning Warm-up. After Morn- Remote SAT Reset Signal Input
ing Warm-up expires, the Supply Air Temperature will be maintained AI7 on the VCM-X E-BUS Controller is a dual-purpose input. It can be
at the Supply Air Temperature Cooling Setpoint. The HVAC unit must used for the Space Sensor Slide Adjust option or for connection of the
always have a Supply Air Temperature Sensor installed. Remote Supply Air Setpoint Reset Signal option. Only one or the other
can be used, not both.
AI3 - Return Air Temperature Sensor Input
Space Temperature Sensor Slide Adjust
If you want to generate occupied Heating and Cooling demands based
on Return Air Temperature, select this Sensor as the HVAC Mode En- If the Space Temperature Sensor being used has the optional Slide Ad-
able Sensor. The Return Air Temperature Sensor is also used to initiate just feature, its AUX output is connected to this input. The Slide Adjust
or cancel the Morning Warm-up Period on VAV-configured units. This control is used to vary the HVAC Mode Heating and Cooling Setpoints
temperature must be at least 5°F above the Outdoor Air Temperature to by a user-configured maximum amount. The Slide Adjustment adjusts
allow Economizer Cooling operation. whichever Temperature Sensor has been configured as the HVAC Mode
Enable Sensor, even if that Sensor is not the installed Space Temperature
AI4 - Outdoor Air Temperature Sensor Input Sensor.
The Outdoor Air Temperature is used to lock out Heating or Cooling to If Space Temperature or Return Air Temperature is configured as the
conserve energy at whatever temperature you deem appropriate for each SAT/Reset Source, the Slide Adjustment adjusts both the HVAC Mode
Mode of Operation. The Outdoor Air Temperature Sensor can also be Enable Heating and Cooling setpoints and the SAT/Reset Source Heating
used to provide Low Ambient Temperature Protection in the building. and Cooling setpoints simultaneously by a user-configurable maximum
If the Outdoor Air Temperature is below the Low Ambient Temperature amount.
Setpoint, the Preheat Relay Output will be maintained during Occupied
operation and will not be allowed to stage off unless the Supply Fan is Remote Supply Air Temperature Reset Signal
turned off. When using 100% (MUA Units) Outdoor Air applications,
When a 0-5 VDC Remote Supply Air Temperature Reset Signal is to be
the Outdoor Air Temperature Sensor should be configured as the HVAC
used, the controller must be configured for it, and the Room Sensor Slide
Mode Enable Sensor. The Outdoor Air Temperature Sensor is also used
Offset setpoint must be set to zero for this option. If the slide offset is not
in combination with the Outdoor Air Humidity Sensor for Dewpoint
set to zero, the Supply Air Temperature Reset will not function.
calculations. For MUA applications with a Heat Wheel, the Outdoor
Air Temperature Sensor is mounted downstream of the Heat Wheel. The Remote Supply Air Temperature Reset signal must be configured
so that its setpoint will be at the coldest Supply Air Temperature, or 0
AI5 - Suction Pressure Signal Input VDC, and so that its setpoint will be at the warmest Supply Air Tem-
The Suction Pressure Sensor signal is connected to this input. The perature, or 5 VDC.
Suction pressure Signal is supplied either from the VCM-X Expansion
Module “PR OUT” terminal when a standard non-digital compressor is The jumper AI7 must be set to 0-10V regardless of whether the control-
used or from the “P6” terminal of the Copeland ® Compressor Digital ler is configured for 0-5 or 0-10VDC operation. See the wiring diagram
Controller when a digital compressor is used. This Suction Pressure on page 14 for details.
Sensor signal input is required when using Dehumidification with DX
Cooling units. The VCM-X E-BUS Controller converts the Suction
Pressure reading to Suction Temperature. This calculated Evaporator

INPUTS & OUTPUTS
VCM-X E-BUS Outputs and Expansion Module Inputs & Outputs
VCM-X E-BUS Controller Outputs Fan VFD or an Exhaust Damper Actuator for Direct Acting Pressure
Control applications. In addition, for Reverse Acting Pressure Control
AO1 - Economizer Control Signal applications, it can control an Outdoor Air Damper Actuator. The other
This voltage signal (2-10 VDC) is used to position the Outdoor Air available control method is to configure one of the Output Relays as
Damper during Economizer Control. It is also used to maintain the an Exhaust Fan output that will activate the Exhaust Fan any time the
Outdoor Air Damper at its Minimum Position during the Occupied Building Pressure is above the Building Pressure Setpoint.
Mode when the Outdoor Air Temperature and/or Outdoor Humidity is
SIG
not suitable for Economizer Cooling purposes.
The Suction Pressure Sensor Signal Output is connected to this input
AO2 - Duct Static Pressure Control Signal when a standard non-digital compressor is used and dehumidification
This voltage signal (0-10 VDC) can be connected to a Supply Fan VFD is required.
or to Proportional Inlet Vanes to control the Duct Static Pressure. This
signal can also be connected to a 0-10 VDC Modulating Zoning Bypass +V - 5 VDC Power
Damper Actuator to control Duct Static Pressure. When this signal is This output is a 5 VDC output that supplies power to the Suction
used to control a Zoning Bypass Damper Actuator, the Zoning Bypass Pressure Sensor when a standard non-digital compressor is used and
Damper Actuator needs to be mechanically configured to close the Zon- dehumidification is required.
ing Bypass Damper on an increase of the 0-10 VDC output signal. This
is necessary because the signal is Direct Acting and is not configurable AO1 - Building Pressure Control Signal
as a Reverse Acting Signal on the VCM-X E-BUS Controller. This voltage signal (0-10 VDC or 2-10 VDC) is used to provide an
output signal to a Building Pressure Control device. The output signal
R1 - Supply Fan (Enable) can be connected to either an Exhaust Fan VFD or an Exhaust Damper
This is a non-configurable output. Actuator when Direct Acting Building Pressure Control is required.
When Reverse Acting Building Pressure Control is required, the output
R2-R5 - User-Configurable Relays signal would be connected to an Outdoor Air Damper Actuator. When
These relays are configurable by the user. For all the available configura- used in this application, the output signal must be configured for Reverse
tion options, see Table 2, page 52. By using all (4) of the available relay Acting Operation.
outputs on the VCM-X E-BUS Controller and the (4) relay outputs on
the VCM-X Expansion Module, you have the ability to configure up to AO2 - Modulating Heating Signal
a combined total of (8) relay outputs for Heating Stages, Cooling Stages, This output signal can be configured for either a 0-10 VDC or a 2-10
and options 3 through 12 listed in Table 2, page 50. With the addition VDC output signal. This signal can be configured for either Direct Act-
of the 12-Relay Expansion Module, you have an additional (12) relay ing or Reverse Acting operation. This output signal is used to operate
outputs available for a combined total of 20. a AAON® Modulating Heating Device to maintain the Heating Supply
Air Temperature Setpoint.
NOTE: The Binary Inputs require wet contacts (24 VAC only) to
AO3 - Modulating Cooling Signal
recognize an active input. If you provide dry contacts, the contact
closure will not be recognized. This output signal can be configured for either 0–10 VDC, 2-10 VDC,
or 1.5-5.0 VDC output signals. This signal can be configured for either
Direct Acting or Reverse Acting operation. This output signal is used
VCM-X Expansion Module to operate an AAON® Modulating Cooling Device to maintain the
Cooling Supply Air Temperature Setpoint. If your unit uses a Copeland
AI1 - Outdoor Air Humidity Sensor Input Digital Scroll™ Compressor, this must be configured for a 1.5-5.0 VDC
This input is used to connect an Outdoor Air Humidity Sensor that when output signal.
combined with the Outdoor Air Temperature Sensor reading is used to AO4 - Return Air Damper Signal
calculate a Dewpoint and/or Wetbulb Temperature. The Outdoor Air
This output signal is a Direct Acting 0-10 VDC output signal that is used
Dewpoint Temperature is used to activate the Dehumidification Mode
to modulate a Return Air Damper Actuator in concert with a Return Air
on MUA and CAV configured units which utilize the MUA/CAV Dual
Bypass Damper Actuator for AAON® PAC or DPAC control schemes.
Damper Mode (Hood On/Off) control feature. The Wetbulb Temperature
is used for Economizer enthalpy control. AO5 - Return Air Bypass Damper Signal
AI2 - Indoor Air Humidity Sensor Input This output signal is a Direct Acting 0-10 VDC output signal that is used
The Indoor Air Humidity Sensor is used to activate Dehumidification to modulate a Return Air Bypass Damper Actuator in concert with a
Mode on a VAV or CAV unit. The Sensor can be a Wall-Mounted Space Return Air Damper Actuator for AAON® PAC or DPAC control schemes.
Humidity Sensor or a Return Air Duct Mounted Humidity Sensor. PR OUT - Suction Pressure Signal
AI3 - Economizer Feedback This output is used when dehumidification is required and a standard
If Title 24 Economizer operation has been configured, this input will be non-digital compressor is used. It wires to AI5 on the VCM-X E-BUS
used for the 0-10 VDC Feedback Signal from the Economizer actuator. Controller.
AI4 - Building Pressure Sensor Input R1-R4 - User-Configurable Relay Outputs

This Sensor is only required if you wish to configure the VCM-X Configure relays as indicated by the factory wiring diagram when
E-BUS Controller for Building Pressure Control. Building Pressure mounted controls are used. The options are listed in Table 2, below.
Control can be accomplished by using one of two main control methods.
One control method uses the 0-10 VDC signal to control an Exhaust

Zone
INPUTS & OUTPUTS Zone
Expansion Modules Inputs & Outputs
*BI1 - Emergency Shutdown Input*

This wet contact input is used to initiate shutdown of the HVAC unit NOTE: Remote Forced Heating or Cooling Modes require that you
when an N.C. Smoke Detector (by others), Firestat (by others), or other enter a value of 1 for both the Heating and the Cooling Setpoints for the
shutdown condition (by others) contact is opened. The controller remains HVAC Mode Enable and the Mode Enable Sensor must be set as Supply
active and can initiate alarm relays. Air Temperature. The VCM-X E-BUS Controller will then look for wet
contact closures on the Remote Forced Cooling Mode and Remote Forced
*BI2 - Dirty Filter Contact Closure Input* Heating Mode inputs to enable the HVAC Modes. If both the Remote
This wet contact input is required for Filter Status Indication and requires Forced Heating and Remote Forced Cooling Modes are active, the unit
a Differential Pressure Switch to initiate “Dirty Filter” indication. will operate in Vent Mode. The unit may also be operated in Vent Mode
by providing a wet contact closure signal to the Remote Occupied Input.
*BI3 - Proof of Flow Input
A Proof of Flow Switch that provides a wet contact closure whenever
the HVAC unit Supply Fan is operating can be connected to this input. BI7 - Exhaust Hood On Input
If the Proof of Flow Switch contact opens while the Supply Fan is op- When this wet contact input closes, the VCM-X E-BUS Controller
erating, all Heating and Cooling is suspended or disabled. The Proof of switches from Indoor Air Control to Outdoor Air Control. This is typically
Flow Switch is an optional input. This means that you must configure used on CAV applications requiring MUA/CAV Dual Damper (Hood
the VCM-X E-BUS Controller to recognize this input signal. On/Off) Modes.
*BI4 - Remote Forced Occupied Mode Input* BI8 - Remote Forced Dehumidification
When this wet contact input closes, it will force the VCM-X E-BUS This wet contact input is used to provide a means for another BAS or con-
Controller into the Occupied Mode. When the Remote Forced Occupied trol device (by others) to force the VCM-X E-BUS Controller into Dehu-
Signal is removed, the controller will revert to the Unoccupied Mode midification Mode. You must set the Dehumidification Spt Indoor RH to
of operation if no internal or external schedule has been configured or 100% for the Remote Forced Dehumidification feature to function.
is in effect when this occurs.
*4 Binary Input Expansion Module
BI5 - Remote Forced Heating Mode Input
This wet contact input is used to provide a means for another BAS or A 4 Binary Input Module can be used in lieu of using the VCM-X Ex-
control device (by others) to force the unit into Heating Mode when it pansion Module when only the first 4 Binary Inputs are required. You
closes. See the note regarding Remote Force Mode Setting that follows. can use the VCM-X Expansion Module or the 4 Binary Input Expansion
Module, but not both.
BI6 - Remote Forced Cooling Mode Input
This wet contact input is used to provide a means for another BAS or
12-Relay Expansion Module
control device (by others) to force the unit into Cooling Mode when it Please refer to the user-configurable relays in Table 2, below, for relay
closes. See the note regarding Remote Force Mode Setting that follows. definitions.
No. Relay Description Details

1 Heating Stages Configure (1) Relay for each stage of heat. Configure (1) Relay for Mod heat.
2 Cooling Stages Configure (1) Relay for each stage of cooling. For chilled water, configure (1) Relay for cooling.
3 Warm-Up Mode (VAV Boxes) Configure (1) Relay for Warm-Up Mode when Non-Orion VAV/Zone Controllers are used.
4 Reversing Valve (Heat Pumps) Configure (1) Relay for Reversing Valve operation. Can be configured for heating or cooling.
5 Reheat Configure (1) Relay for On/Off reheat when used.
6 Exhaust Fan Configure (1) Relay for enabling exhaust fan when building pressure control is used.
Pre-Heater Configure (1) Relay for pre-heat coil when required. Activated when the outdoor air temperature drops
7
(Low Ambient Protection) below the ambient protection setpoint.
8 Alarm Configure (1) Relay to initiate an alarm output when any VCM-X alarm occurs.
9 Override Configure (1) Relay to initiate an output signal when space temperature override button is pushed.
10 Occupied Configure (1) Relay to initiate an output signal any time the VCM-X is in occupied mode.
Configure (1) Relay to initiate an output signal when the OA damper moves beyond its minimum during
11 OA Damper economizer operation, or when the OA damper opens in a MUA application, or when the damper opens
during Hood On operation.
Configure (1) Relay that turns heat wheel on when in occupied operation and turns heat wheel off when
12 Heat Wheel
in economizer mode.
Configure (1) Relay for fixed stage Emergency Heat in a heat pump unit. Not available on VCM-X WSHP
13 Emergency Heat
E-BUS controller.
Table 2: User-Configurable Relay Outputs

SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS
VCM-X E-BUS Operation Modes
Occupied/Unoccupied Mode of HVAC Modes of Operation

Operation There are 7 possible HVAC Modes of Operation. They are as follows:
The VCM-X E-BUS Controller can utilize several methods for determin-
ing the Occupied Mode of Operation. These are as follows: • Vent Mode
• Cooling Mode
• Forced Schedule • Dehumidification Mode
• Remote Forced Occupied Signal • Heating Mode
• Internal Week Schedule • Heat Pump
• Push-Button Override Signal • Warm-Up Mode
• Off Mode
Forced Schedule
The VCM-X E-BUS Controller can be forced into the Occupied Mode Vent Mode Operation
by inputting a Forced Schedule from any operator interface. This Mode only applies to the Occupied Mode of Operation. The Vent
Mode is defined as the Supply Fan running with no Heating, Cooling,
Remote Forced Occupied Signal or Dehumidification demand.
When this wet contact input closes, it will force the VCM-X E-BUS Vent Mode can occur during the Occupied Mode if the Space, Return, or
Controller into the Occupied Mode. When the Remote Forced Occupied Outdoor Air Temperature Sensor is selected as the HVAC Mode Enable
Signal is removed, the controller will revert to the Unoccupied Mode Sensor. Vent Mode can also occur if the Supply Air Temperature Sensor
of operation if no Internal or External Schedule has been configured or is the HVAC Mode Enable Sensor and the VCM-X has been configured
is in effect when this occurs. for Remote Forced Heating and Cooling. See the Remote Control of
HVAC Mode section on page 60 for complete details.
NOTE: When using Remote Forced Occupied Mode, set all the
Internal Week Schedules to ‘0’ so that the Internal Schedule always
commands the Unoccupied Mode. NOTE: During Vent Mode, all Cooling and Heating Stages are
deactivated and the Economizer Damper is maintained at a Minimum
Position to provide fresh air into the building. The Static Pressure
is still maintained by the Supply Fan VFD or Zoning Bypass
Internal Week Schedule Damper Signal since the Supply Fan is still operating in this Mode.
An Internal Week Schedule, which supports up to two start/stop events
per day, is available for determining Occupied and Unoccupied Sched-
ules. If you are using the Internal Schedule, an Optimal Start calcula-
tion is also available. See the Scheduling Section on page 66 for more Cooling Mode Operation
information on the Optimal Start feature. Occupied Cooling Mode occurs whenever the HVAC Mode Enable Tem-
perature is above the HVAC Mode Enable Cooling Setpoint. Unoccupied
Push-Button Override Signal Cooling Mode only occurs if a Space Temperature Sensor is connected
to the VCM-X or a broadcast of Space Temperature is being received
During Unoccupied hours, you can force the VCM-X E-BUS Control-
from an Averaging Broadcast Controller and only then if the Space
ler back to Occupied operation by pressing the Override Button on the
Temperature is above the Cooling Setpoint plus the Night Offset value.
Space Temperature Sensor for a period of less than 3 seconds. This
initiates the Override or resets the Override Timer back to zero during The Mechanical Cooling will be disabled if the Outdoor Air Tempera-
Unoccupied hours of operation. ture is below the Cooling Lockout Setpoint by 1°F. This gives a 2°F
hysteresis around the Cooling Lockout Setpoint to prevent unwanted
During Override operations, you can cancel the Override by pressing
cycling in and out of Mechanical Cooling Mode. If the Outdoor Air
the Override Button for a period of time between 3 seconds and 10
Temperature disables the Mechanical Cooling while it is currently
seconds. This restores the VCM-X E-BUS Controller to Normal Unoc-
operating, the Mechanical Cooling will stage off if all staging and run
cupied Operation.
times are satisfied.
If the Override Button is held for more than 10 seconds, it causes a Space
If the Economizer has been enabled for operation, it is used as the first
Sensor Failure Alarm. This is due to the fact that the Override Button
stage of Cooling, and the Mechanical Cooling will be activated if nec-
actually shorts the Space Temperature Sensor input to ground. If this
essary. See the Economizer Operation section on page 54 for a more
input is shorted to ground or left floating with no Space Temperature
detailed operating sequence.
Sensor detected for more than 10 seconds, it is considered a Space
Temperature Sensor failure. No matter which Sensor is configured for the HVAC Mode Enable or
if the Remote BAS sets the Mode through Remote Forced Cooling, the
You can still use the Space Temperature Sensor input for an Override
Supply Air Temperature is always regulated to the Active Supply Air
Command even when a Space Temperature Sensor is not connected.
Cooling Setpoint while in the Cooling Mode.
Simply provide a Momentary Push-Button connected between AI1
and the Ground Terminal on the same terminal block. Follow the same
procedure for initiating Overrides, even on Supply Air Temperature
Controlled Cooling-Only HVAC units.

Zone
SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS Zone
Cooling Mode
Stage Control Window A Copeland Digital Scroll™ Compressor is a Variable Capacity Com-
The Cooling Stage Control Window Setpoint determines when the pressor that has a 10-to-1 turn down ratio. The VCM-X E-BUS is ca-
compressors start to stage up and stage down. In the Cooling Mode, pable of handling a single-stage Cooling unit with a Copeland Digital
as the Supply Air Temperature rises above the Active Supply Air Tem- Scroll™ Compressor as its only stage. It is also capable of handling
perature Setpoint, the Cooling Stages will begin to stage on based on multistage Cooling units with a Copeland Digital Scroll™ Compressor.
the Cooling Stage Up Delay setting. The Cooling Stages will continue The Copeland Digital Scroll™ Compressor is always the first stage of
to run until the Supply Air Temperature drops below the Active Supply Cooling. On multistage Cooling units with a Copeland Digital Scroll™
Air Temperature Setpoint minus the Cooling Stage Control Window. For Compressor, Fixed Capacity Compressors will stage up while the Co-
example, if the Supply Air Temperature Setpoint is 55° and the Cooling peland Digital Scroll™ Compressor modulates to achieve the Active
Stage Control Window is 5°, as the Supply Air Temperature drops below Supply Air Temperature Setpoint.
50°, the Cooling Stages will begin to stage off based on the Cooling
Stage Down Delay setting. To stage up the extra compressor(s), the SAT needs to be above the Active
Supply Air Cooling Setpoint and the Digital Compressor needs to be
Cooling Staging Delay at 100% for a period of time equal to the Stage Up Delay. Once a fixed
compressor is enabled, the digital compressor signal will go to 50% and
Minimum Off Time
modulate up as needed. This will repeat as additional fixed compressors
A Cooling Stage cannot be activated unless it has been off for this
are staged up. For compressors to stage on, Minimum Off Times (adj.)
amount of time.
must be satisfied as well as Stage Up Delays (adj.).
Minimum Run Time
After a Cooling Stage has been activated, it must remain on for
To stage down the extra compressor(s), the SAT needs to be below the
this amount of time.
Active Supply Air Cooling Setpoint minus the Cooling Stage Control
Staging Up Delay
Window, the Digital Compressor needs to be below 30%, and the Stage
After the first Cooling Stage has been activated, this delay pre-
Down Delay requirement met. Once a fixed compressor stages off, the
vents additional stages from activating too quickly before they are
digital compressor will go to 50% and modulate down as needed. This
needed to achieve the Active Supply Air Temperature Setpoint.
will repeat as additional fixed compressors stage off.
Staging Down Delay
After a Cooling Stage has met its Minimum Run Time and is not
For compressors to stage down, Minimum Run Times (adj.) must be
needed, this delay prevents additional stages from deactivating too
satisfied as well as Stage Down Delays (adj.). The digital compressor
quickly in case they are needed to maintain the Active Supply Air
is always the last compressor to be deactivated.
Temperature Setpoint Temperature.
Economizer Operation
Modulating Cooling
This section assumes you have configured your HVAC unit to control
The Modulating Cooling Proportional Window is used to determine the
the Outdoor Air Dampers in an Economizer Mode of operation.
signal to the Modulating Cooling Source and is user-adjustable. The
Modulating Cooling signal is calculated based on the differential between The Economizer is used as the first stage of Cooling if the Outdoor Air
the Supply Air Temperature and the Active Supply Air Temperature or Wetbulb Temperature is below the Economizer Enable Setpoint. For
Setpoint based on the Modulating Cooling Proportional Window. Wetbulb control of the Economizer, an Outdoor Air Humidity Sensor
must be installed. If the unit is equipped with a Return Air Temperature
The Maximum Signal Adjustment per Time Period is 10% and is not
Sensor, the Outdoor Air or Wetbulb temperature must be at least 5°F
user-adjustable. The Minimum Signal Adjustment per Time Period is
colder than the Return Air Temperature to allow the Economizer to
based on the Modulating Cooling Proportional Window. The larger
modulate. By using the Return Air Temperature reference, it allows
the Modulating Cooling Proportional Window, the smaller the signal
the VCM-X E-BUS to calculate whether the Outdoor Air Temperature
adjustment will be per Time Period. The Time Period is the delay be-
will assist in Free Cooling. The Return Air Temperature and Space
tween another increase or decrease in the Modulating Cooling Source
Temperature must be above 50°F for the Economizer operation to occur.
Signal and is user-adjustable. For example, if the Modulating Cooling
Proportional Window is 5F, the signal would adjust 2% per F each The VCM-X E-BUS Controller can monitor an Outdoor Air Humidity
Time Period above or below the Active Supply Air Temperature Setpoint. Sensor and combine that reading with the Outdoor Air Temperature
When the Supply Air Temperature is above or below the Active Supply reading to calculate a Wetbulb Temperature. If this Wetbulb Tempera-
Air Temperature Setpoint by 5F or more, the signal would adjust 10% ture is not available, only the Outdoor Air Temperature will be used.
each Time Period. Whichever temperature is available, it must be below the Economizer
Enable Setpoint by 1°F to enable the Economizer during the Cooling
The VCM-X E-BUS can control one of two Modulating Cooling
Mode of operation. When the temperature rises 1°F above the Econo-
sources, such as a Chilled Water Valve or a Copeland Digital Scroll™
mizer Enable Setpoint, the Economizer will be disabled and return to
Compressor. Whichever source is used, the VCM-X E-BUS will con-
the Minimum Position.
trol the Modulating Cooling source to maintain the Active Supply Air
Temperature Setpoint.
As soon as the Cooling Mode is started, the Economizer will calculate a
starting damper position based on the Outdoor Air Temperature and the
differential between the Supply Air Temperature and the Active Supply
Air Temperature Setpoint. After it moves to this initial Setpoint, further
adjustments will be made in small increments to fine tune the damper

Dehumidification Mode
position to maintain the Active Supply Air Temperature Setpoint. If the If this is an Air to Air Heat Pump unit, heating for the Supply Air Tem-
Economizer reaches 100% open and the Supply Air Temperature is still pering operation will only use Auxiliary Heat (and Emergency Heat if
too warm, the Mechanical Cooling will be enabled to operate to provide available). Compressor heat cannot be use for the tempering function.
additional stages of Cooling. Once a Mechanical Cooling Stage has been
activated, the Economizer will remain full open until the Mechanical NOTE: During this mode of operation, the standard Heating Staging
Cooling Stages are off or until the Outdoor Air Temperature or Wetbulb Window will be used.
Temperature causes the Economizer to be disabled.
If the Economizer is not enabled to provide Cooling during the Occu- There is a Maximum OA Damper Position During Tempering Setpoint
pied Mode, it will still maintain the Minimum Position programmed to that allows you to set a maximum damper position the economizer can
provide minimum fresh air into the building. During the Unoccupied open to while the heat is running during this tempering mode (to prevent
Mode, the Economizer will be closed. If during the Unoccupied Mode potential wasting of energy).
there is a call for Cooling and the Economizer is enabled by Outdoor Air
Drybulb or Wetbulb temperature, it will modulate between full closed Dehumidification Mode
and full open to provide Free Cooling. On VAV or CAV applications, the Indoor Air Humidity initiates Dehu-
midification when the Indoor Air Humidity rises 5% above the Indoor
The Supply Air Temperature must be above the Supply Air Temperature
Air Humidity Setpoint during the Occupied Mode of operation and
Setpoint before the Mechanical Cooling can be activated.
likewise stops Dehumidification when the Indoor Air Humidity drops
During Dehumidification, the Economizer will remain at its minimum more than 5% below the Indoor Air Humidity Setpoint during the Oc-
position. cupied Mode of operation.
On 100% Outdoor Air applications, the Outdoor Air Dewpoint initiates

Supply Air Tempering the Dehumidification Mode when the Outdoor Air Dewpoint rises 2F
above the Outdoor Air Dewpoint Setpoint during the Occupied Mode
of operation and likewise stops Dehumidification when the Outdoor Air
Warning: Because of the lower compressor lockouts used for Dewpoint drops more than 2F below the Outdoor Air Dewpoint Setpoint
Water Source Heat Pump Units, the Supply Air Tempering sequence during the Occupied Mode of operation. The Outdoor Air Dewpoint is
will not function in those applications. calculated by using an Outdoor Air Temperature Sensor and an Outdoor
Air Humidity Sensor.
For units configured as VAV units (Supply Air Temperature Sensor is
configured as the controlling sensor), unit heat can be used to maintain During the Dehumidification Mode, the VCM-X E-BUS activates Cool-
a leaving air temperature near the Cooling Leaving Air Setpoint. This ing to extract moisture from the Supply Air and utilizes either Modulating
may be necessary in conditions very cold outdoor air is being introduced Hot Gas Reheat, On/Off Hot Gas Reheat, or Heating to warm the Supply
into the unit preventing it from maintaining the Supply Air Temperature Air before entering the building. Hot Gas Reheat is the standard form
(SAT) Cooling Setpoint of 55º (Adj). There are four conditions that must of Reheat. The HVAC unit’s Heat Source or a Heat Source located in
be met before the heating can be activated in this sequence: the Supply Air Duct can be used for Reheat if the unit is not equipped
with Hot Gas Reheat. Please read the warning that follows regarding
1. The outdoor air temperature must fall below the Low Ambient applications that operate Heating and Cooling simultaneously.
Protection Setpoint (the Low Ambient Protection Setpoint must
always be below the Mechanical Cooling Lockout Setpoint).
Warning: Simultaneous Heating and Cooling cannot be approved
2. The SAT must fall below a special Tempering SAT Heating Setting unless the HVAC unit has been specifically designed for this
(used only in this sequence) which is 2º below the SAT Cooling purpose. A Special Price Authorization (SPA) must be obtained
Setpoint (not adjustable). from the AAON® factory for these applications to avoid warranty
and/or rating problems. WattMaster Controls Inc. assumes no
3. The economizer must be at its minimum position. This prevents liability for any Simultaneous Heating and Cooling application if
heating from coming on before the controller has had a chance a SPA is not obtained from the AAON® Factory at the time the
to bring the SAT under control by closing the economizer to its HVAC unit is ordered.
minimum position.
4. The VFD must be operating above the Heating Minimum VFD When Heating is used for Reheat instead of Hot Gas Reheat, the VCM-X
Setpoint. E-BUS can activate the Heat Source(s) discussed in the Heating Mode
section. Heating can also be used in conjunction with Hot Gas Reheat
Once these conditions are met, the VCM-X E-BUS Controller will
to add additional Reheat for applications that require a higher Supply
activate and stage heat as needed to try to achieve the Tempering SAT
Air Drybulb Temperature than what Hot Gas Reheat can provide.
Heating Setting. If a stage of heat or ModGas heat overshoots the Tem-
When Heating is used in conjunction with Reheat, the VCM-X E-BUS
pering SAT Heating Setting, the economizer will be allowed to modulate
restricts the Heating to one form of Modulating Heat or one stage of
open to bring the SAT down to the SAT Cooling Setpoint. If, after the
Gas or Electric Heat.
heating minimum run time has been satisfied, the economizer has not
been able to bring the SAT down within the heat staging window, then
the controller will stage down/off the heat. NOTE: MODGAS cannot be used in conjunction with Hot Gas
Reheat to add additional Reheat.

Zone
Dehumidification Mode
For DX Cooling Stages, the VCM-X E-BUS activates the Cooling If Dehumidification Priority has not been configured, the VCM-X E-
Stages based on the actual Evaporator Coil Temperature compared to the BUS will only enter the Dehumidification Mode and use Reheat during
Evaporator Coil Temperature Setpoint. The Evaporator Coil Temperature the Vent Mode. The Reheat will be controlled to a Calculated Supply
is calculated by using the Suction Pressure Sensor and converting the Air Temperature Setpoint that is halfway between the HVAC Mode
pressure to temperature. Setpoints.
For Copeland Digital Scroll™ Compressor units, the VCM-X E-BUS Night Dehumidification can also be configured and is used primarily
will modulate the Copeland Digital Scroll™ Compressor to maintain for CAV units that require an Unoccupied Mode of Dehumidification.
the Evaporator Coil Temperature Setpoint and activate Fixed Capacity Night Dehumidification is only activated when the Indoor Air Humidity
Compressors as necessary. is above the Indoor Air Humidity Setpoint during the Unoccupied Mode.
If the Fixed Capacity Compressor is activated, the Copeland Digital

NOTE: Compressor Lockout Setpoints are ignored during
Scroll™ Compressor will only be allowed to modulate within the range
dehumidification as the compressors are controlled by coil
of 70% - 100% in order to prevent the loss of reheat capacity during low
temperature.
load conditions. If, with both compressors on, the digital compressor
has modulated down to its 70% minimum and the Coil Suction Tem-
perature falls below the Coil Temperature Setpoint minus the Cooling
Stage Control Window, then the second compressor will stage off once Remote Forced Dehumidification
its Compressor Minimum Run Time and the Stage Down Delay Timers Dehumidification Mode is normally controlled by using a Humidity
have been met. At that point, the Copeland Digital Scroll™ Compressor Sensor connected to the VCM-X Expansion Module input AI1 or AI2.
can modulate down as needed to maintain the Coil Temperature Setpoint. If desired, Dehumidification Mode can also be determined by using a
remote BAS or other user-supplied remote device. The VCM-X E-BUS
For Chilled Water units, the VCM-X E-BUS opens the Chilled Water will check BI8 input on the VCM-X Expansion Module for a 24 VAC
Valve to a fixed 100% position to provide full moisture removal capa- signal. If the signal is present, it will force the VCM-X E-BUS into De-
bilities. humidification Mode regardless of the mode it is currently operating in
If you configured your VCM-X E-BUS for Dehumidification control, you if Dehumidification Priority Mode has been configured. If Dehumidifica-
need to install a Humidity Sensor on the optional Analog Input Expan- tion Priority Mode has not been configured, the unit will only be forced
sion module. If the VCM-X E-BUS is configured as an MUA unit, use into Dehumidification Mode if it is operating in the Vent Mode during
an Outdoor Air Humidity Sensor. If the VCM-X E-BUS is configured as the time the remote signal is being supplied to input BI8.
a VAV or CAV unit, use an Indoor Air Humidity Sensor such as a Wall-
Mounted or Duct-Mounted Sensor. If the VCM-X E-BUS is to be used NOTE: When using the Remote Forced Dehumidification function,
for MUA/CAV Dual Damper Modes during Occupied hours, use both set the Dehumidification Spt Indoor RH to 100% for the Remote
Indoor and Outdoor Air Humidity Sensors. As an example, this could Forced Dehumidification feature to function.
be used in a kitchen application when you have a CAV unit using both
Outdoor Air and Return Air. This unit could be configured to operate
using Return Air when the Exhaust Hood is off or 100% Outdoor Air Coil Temperature Offset for Split Systems
when the Exhaust Hood is on.
On split systems that have the condensing unit mounted a considerable
If the unit is equipped with a Modulating Hot Gas Reheat Controller distance from the air handling unit, the actual Evaporator Coil Tempera-
(MHGRV), it is automatically detected by the VCM-X E-BUS Control- ture can be quite a bit different than the Calculated Coil Temperature
ler. In Dehumidification Mode, as the Cooling causes the Supply Air based on the Suction Pressure Transducer reading in the condensing unit.
Temperature to drop, the MHGRV will bypass Hot Gas to the Hot Gas You can put in a temperature offset to the Calculated Coil Temperature
Reheat Coil, raising the Supply Air Temperature back up to the Active reading so that it will more closely match the actual Evaporator Coil
Supply Air Temperature Setpoint. Temperature. For example, the Suction Pressure Transducer in the con-
densing unit may give you a Calculated Coil Temperature reading of
If the unit is equipped with an On/Off Hot Gas Valve, then one of the 30ºF, but the actual temperature of the Evaporator Coil in the air handler
relays will be configured for Reheat. The Reheat Relay will be activated may be 45ºF. To compensate, you can put in a 15ºF offset so that the
if the Supply Air Temperature is less than the HVAC Mode Enable Calculated Coil Temperature reading will read 45ºF. The maximum
Heating Setpoint. The Hot Gas Reheat Relay will remain on during the amount of offset allowed is ± 30ºF.
Dehumidification Mode regardless of the Supply Air Temperature. This
is to ensure a steady Supply Air Temperature. Coil Temperature Reset
The Dehumidification Mode can be configured to have Dehumidification Any time an Indoor Humidity Sensor is used, the Coil Temperature
Priority. If configured, the VCM-X E-BUS will enter the Dehumidifi- Setpoint will be automatically reset as the humidity rises above or drops
cation Mode when the Dewpoint or Humidity is above the Setpoint below the Indoor Humidity Setpoint. It can reset the Coil Temperature
regardless of the current Heating or Cooling demands. The Reheat is Setpoint by a maximum of 5ºF. For example, if the Coil Temperature
always controlled by the Active Supply Air Temperature Setpoint. The Setpoint is 45ºF and the Indoor Humidity Setpoint is 50% with an ac-
Active Supply Air Temperature Setpoint will change during Heating, tual humidity reading of 55%, the new Coil Temperature Setpoint will
Cooling, or Vent Modes. During the Vent Mode, the Supply Air Tem- be 40ºF. If the humidity is below the Indoor Humidity Setpoint, then
perature Setpoint will be a Calculated Setpoint that is halfway between the Coil Temperature Setpoint will be increased by a maximum of 5ºF.
the HVAC Mode Setpoints.

Heating Mode
Return Air Bypass Damper Control Heating Staging Delay

The Return Air Bypass (RAB) Damper is only used on constant air
Minimum Off Time
volume units with space temperature configured as the HVAC Mode
A Heating Stage cannot be activated unless it has been off for this
Enable sensor. The RAB damper is only active during the dehumidifi-
amount of time.
cation mode and is used as the first form of reheat. If the HVAC unit is
equipped with modulating hot gas reheat, the RAB damper needs to be Minimum Run Time
at 100% before the modulating hot gas reheat can be used. The RAB After a Heating Stage has been activated, it must remain on for
damper modulates from 0-100% as the space temperature falls below this amount of time.
the cooling setpoint. When the space temperature is equal to the cooling Staging Up Delay
setpoint, the RAB damper will be at 0%. When the space temperature After the first Heating Stage has been activated, this delay pre-
falls to halfway between the cooling and heating setpoints, the RAB vents additional stages from activating too quickly before they are
damper will be at 100%. needed to achieve the Active Supply Air Temperature Setpoint.
If the HVAC unit is equipped with separate actuators for the outdoor air Staging Down Delay
and return air dampers, the return air damper will proportionally close After a Heating Stage has met its Minimum Run Time and is not
more as the RAB damper opens. The rate at which the return air damper needed, this delay prevents additional stages from deactivating too
closes is user-adjustable. The purpose of closing the return air damper quickly in case they are needed to maintain the Active Supply Air
more as the RAB damper opens is to allow more air to bypass the evapo- Temperature Setpoint.
rator coil through the RAB damper. If you want more air to pass through
the RAB damper, enter a larger number in the Return Air Damper Factor AAON® MODGAS Controller
setpoint. If you want less air to pass through the RAB damper, enter a The AAON® MODGAS Controller is treated as a single stage of gas
smaller number in the Return Air Damper Factor setpoint. heating when connected to the VCM-X’s expansion port. The Supply
Air Temperature is broadcast from the AAON® MODGAS Controller to
NOTE: See page 6 for specific AAON® DPAC and PAC the VCM-X. The Supply Air Temperature Setpoint is broadcast from the
operation. VCM-X E-BUS to the AAON® MODGAS Controller. When the VCM-X
E-BUS enters the Heating Mode, it broadcasts a command to activate
the MODGAS Controller. The AAON® MODGAS Controller modulates
the Natural Gas Valve to maintain the Supply Air Temperature Setpoint.
Heating Mode Operation See the MODGAS Controller Technical Guide for detailed operation
Occupied Heating Mode occurs whenever the HVAC Mode Enable information of the AAON® MODGAS Controller.
Temperature is below the HVAC Mode Enable Heating Setpoint. Un-
occupied Heating Mode only occurs if a Space Temperature Sensor is AAON® MODGAS Controller with Additional Stages
connected to the VCM-X E-BUS or a broadcast of Space Temperature of Heat
is being received from an Averaging Broadcast Controller. The VCM-X E-BUS can activate the AAON® MODGAS Controller and
additional stages of heating if needed. If this configuration is needed, a
The Mechanical Heating will be disabled if the Outdoor Air Temperature
heating relay must be configured on the VCM-X E-BUS for the AAON®
is above the Heating Lockout Setpoint by 1°F. This gives a 2°F hysteresis
MODGAS Controller, but it will not be connected to anything. The
around the Heating Lockout Setpoint to prevent unwanted cycling in
AAON® MODGAS Controller will always be the first stage of heating
and out of Mechanical Heating Mode. If the Outdoor Air Temperature
in this configuration. Additional heating relays can be configured and
disables the Mechanical Heating while it is currently operating, the Me-
connected to Staged Heating sources, such as Natural Gas or Electric
chanical Heating will stage off if all staging and run times are satisfied.
Heat. In order for the additional stages to activate, the AAON® MOD-
No matter which Sensor is configured for the HVAC Mode Enable or GAS Controller must be at 100%, and then the Stage Up Delay begins.
if the Remote BAS sets the Mode through Remote Forced Heating, the Once the Stage Up Delay expires and the Gas Valve is still at 100%,
Supply Air Temperature is always controlled to the Active Supply Air another Fixed Stage of Heating will activate. This will be the VCM-X’s
Temperature Setpoint while in Heating Mode. second stage of heat. The AAON® MODGAS Controller will modulate
to achieve the Active Supply Air Temperature Setpoint.
Stage Control Window
If the AAON® MODGAS Controller modulates to 0% and the Supply Air
The Heating Stage Control Window Setpoint determines when the Heat- Temperature is above the Active Supply Air Setpoint plus the Heating
ing Stages begin to stage up and stage down. In the Heating Mode, as the Stage Control Window, the Stage Down Delay begins. Once the Stage
Supply Air Temperature falls below the Active Supply Air Temperature Down Delay expires and the Supply Air Temperature has remained above
Setpoint, the Heating Stages will begin to stage on based on the Heating the Active Supply Air Setpoint plus the Heating Stage Control Window,
Stage Up Delay. The Heating Stages will continue to run until the Supply the Fixed Stage of Heating will be deactivated. The AAON® MODGAS
Air Temperature rises above the Active Supply Air Temperature Setpoint will remain active, even at the minimum valve position unless the Supply
plus the Heating Stage Control Window. For example, if the Supply Air Air Temperature remains above the Active Supply Air Setpoint plus the
Temperature Setpoint is 140°F and the Heating Stage Control Window Heating Stage Control Window. The AAON® MODGAS Controller will
is 5F, as the Supply Air Temperature rises above 145F, the Heating be the last stage of heating to be deactivated.
Stages will begin to stage off based on the Heating Stage Down Delay.

Zone
Heating Mode
Modulating Heating When the Secondary Heat Source reaches 100%, the Heating Stage Up
The VCM-X E-BUS supports various forms of Modulating Heat such as Delay begins. If the Secondary Heat Source is still at 100% after the
SCR Electric Heat, Modulating Hot Water Heat, and Modulating Steam Heating Stage Up Delay expires, the Primary Heat Source will be forced
Heat. Whichever form of Modulating Heating is used, the VCM-X E- to 100%. The Primary Heat Source will remain at 100% to allow the
BUS will modulate the Heat Source to achieve the Active Supply Air Secondary Heat Source to modulate to achieve the Active Supply Air
Temperature Setpoint. Modulating Natural Gas is a form of Modulat- Temperature Setpoint. If the Supply Air Temperature rises above the
ing Heat, but is controlled by the AAON® MODGAS Controller. The Active Supply Air Temperature Setpoint plus the Heating Stage Control
VCM-X E-BUS only activates the AAON® MODGAS as a stage of Window, the Heating Stage Down Delay begins. If the Supply Air Tem-
heat; therefore, the Modulating Heating Proportional Window does not perature is still above the Active Supply Air Temperature Setpoint plus
apply when the VCM-X E-BUS is connected to the AAON® MODGAS the Heating Stage Control Window and the Heating Stage Down Delay
Controller and is the only form of Heating activated by the VCM-X. expires, the Primary Heat Source will forced to 0%. If the Secondary
Heat Source modulates to 0%, the Heating Stage Down Delay begins. If
The Modulating Heating Proportional Window is used to determine the the Secondary Heat Source remains at 0% and the Heating Stage Down
signal to the Modulating Heating Source and is user-adjustable. The Delay expires, the Secondary Heat Source will be deactivated, and the
Modulating Heating Signal is calculated by the differential between Primary Heat Source will modulate to achieve the Active Supply Air
the Supply Air Temperature and the Active Supply Air Temperature Temperature Setpoint. If the Supply Air Temperature rises above the
Setpoint based on the Modulating Heating Proportional Window. The Active Supply Air Temperature Setpoint plus the Heating Stage Control
maximum signal adjustment per Time Period is 10% and is not user- Window, the Primary Heat Source modulates as needed to allow the
adjustable. The minimum signal adjustment per Time Period is based on Supply Air Temperature to cool off.
the Modulating Heating Proportional Window. The larger the Modulating
Heating Proportional Window, the smaller the signal adjustment will be Primary Modulating Heat and Secondary Heat with
per Time Period. The Time Period is the delay between another increase Staged Gas or Electric Heat
or decrease in the Modulating Heating source signal and is user-adjust- The Modulating Heating Proportional Window is used to determine the
able. For example, if the Modulating Heating Proportional Window is signal to the Primary Heat Source and is user-adjustable. The Heating
5°F, the signal will be adjusted 2% per °F each Time Period above or Stage Control Window is used to determine stage up and stage down
below the Active Supply Air Temperature Setpoint. When the Supply of the Secondary Heat Source. In the Heating Mode, the Primary Heat
Air Temperature is above or below the Active Supply Air Temperature Source will modulate to achieve the Active Supply Air Temperature
Setpoint by 5°F or more, the signal will adjust 10% each Time Period. Setpoint. When the Primary Heat Source reaches 100%, the Heating
The VCM-X E-BUS can activate two forms of Heating that are clas- Stage Up Delay begins. If the Primary Heat Source is still at 100% after
sified as Primary and Secondary Heat Sources. The Primary Heat the Heating Stage Up Delay expires, the Secondary Heat Source will
Source used can be SCR Electric Heat, Modulating Hot Water Heat, activate. The Primary Heat Source will then modulate to achieve the
or Modulating Steam Heat. The Secondary Heat Source used can be Active Supply Air Temperature Setpoint. If the Secondary Heat Source
Modulating Natural Gas (AAON® MODGAS Controller), Staged Gas is activated and the Primary Heat Source has modulated to 0%, the
Heat, or Staged Electric Heat. Heating Stage Down Delay will begin. If the Primary Heat Source is
still at 0% after the Heating Stage Down Delay expires, the Secondary
Primary Modulating Heat and Secondary Heat with Heat Source will deactivate. If the Supply Air Temperature rises above
AAON® MODGAS Controller the Active Supply Air Temperature Setpoint plus the Heating Stage
The Modulating Heating Proportional Window is used to determine the Control Window, the Primary Heat Source will modulate to 0% to allow
signal to the Primary Heat Source and is user-adjustable. The Heating the Supply Air Temperature to cool off.
Stage Control Window is used to determine stage up and stage down
of the Secondary Heat Source. In the Heating Mode, the Primary Heat
Source will modulate to achieve the Active Supply Air Temperature
Setpoint. When the Primary Heat Source reaches 100%, the Heating
Stage Up Delay begins. If the Primary Heat Source is still at 100% after
the Heating Stage Up Delay expires, the Secondary Heat Source, which
is controlled by the AAON® MODGAS Controller, will activate. The
Primary Heat Source will then be forced to 0%, allowing the AAON®
MODGAS Controller to modulate the gas valve to achieve the Active
Supply Air Temperature Setpoint.

Heat Pump Operation
Heat Pump Operation An Adaptive Defrost Adjustment configuration is available that will
The VCM-X E-BUS can be configured to control a Heat Pump. The automatically adjust the length of the Defrost Timer (interval between
compressors are used for both Heating and Cooling. With the VCM-X Defrost Modes) depending on if the unit stays in Defrost Mode for the
E-BUS Controller, the Reversing Valve is activated during Heating full 10 minutes or leaves the Defrost Mode early because of reaching a
operation as the default because AAON® units are typically built to Head Pressure of 450 PSIG. If Adaptive Defrost is configured and the
fail to Cooling operation. The Reversing Valve can be configured to Defrost Mode is terminated because the 10 minute timer has elapsed,
activate during Cooling operation for equipment that is built to fail to this could indicate that the unit needs more Defrost time. In this case,
Heating operation. the Adaptive Defrost Adjustment value will be subtracted from the
original Defrost Timer to shorten the interval between Defrost Cycles.
Auxiliary Heating Stages are configured as Heat Relays and are used to If the Defrost Cycle is terminated between the 8th and 9th minute, the
supplement the Compressor Heating Stages. If the unit is not equipped Defrost Timer value will not be changed. If the Defrost Cycle is termi-
with Auxiliary Heating Stages, Heating Relays do not need to be config- nated before the 8th minute, this could indicate that the Defrost Timer
ured in order for the unit to provide Heating. Auxiliary Heating can also is too short. In this case, the Adaptive Defrost Adjustment value will
be Modulating heat in the form of SCR Electric, Hot Water, or Steam. be inversely proportionally added to the original Defrost Timer as the
termination time shortens from 8 minutes to 0 minutes.
The Cooling and Dehumidification Modes operate in the same manner
as described under the Cooling and Dehumidification titled sections on
pages 51-53 of this manual. In the Heating Mode, the VCM-X E-BUS Morning Warm-Up Mode Operation
activates the Reversing Valve and stages compressors to provide Heating When the VCM-X E-BUS Controller is configured as a VAV unit (Cool-
if the Outdoor Air Temperature is above the OAT Cooling Lockout Set- ing only)and switches to the Occupied Mode of Operation (not Override
point. The compressor heating stages are activated as needed to achieve Mode), the unit compares the Return Air Temperature to a Morning
the Active Supply Air Setpoint. Staged or Modulating Auxiliary Heat Warm-Up Target Temperature. If the Return Air Temperature is below
can be activated to supplement Compressor Heating in order to achieve this Setpoint, the Warm-Up Mode is initiated. This Mode remains in ef-
the Active Supply Air Setpoint if the Outdoor Air Temperature is below fect until the Return Air Temperature rises above the Target Temperature
the OAT Heating Lockout Setpoint. If the Outdoor Air Temperature is or a user-adjustable Time Period expires. Warm-Up Mode is not initiated
below the OAT Cooling Lockout Setpoint, only Auxiliary Heating will by Push-Button Overrides or Unoccupied Heating demands. The Outdoor
occur. If the Outdoor Air Temperature is above the OAT Heating Lockout, Air Damper remains closed during Warm-Up Mode.
only Compressor Heating will occur.
Once the Warm-Up Mode has been terminated, it cannot resume until
Emergency Heat stages can also be configured. If the Outdoor Air the unit has been through a subsequent Unoccupied Mode. Only one
Temperature is above the Compressor Lockout Temperature, Emer- Warm-Up Mode is allowed per Occupied cycle.
gency Heating is disabled. If the Outdoor Air Temperature is below the
Compressor Lockout Temperature, Emergency Heating is enabled and If you have stand-alone VAV boxes that need to be forced wide open
can stage up after Auxiliary Heat. during the Warm-Up Mode, you can configure one of the relay outputs
to be used during this Mode. If the Warm-Up Mode is active, the relay
is activated. This relay then becomes the Force Open Command for all
Note: If using the VCM-X WSHP (Water Source Heat Pump)
VAV boxes to which it is wired.
Controller, the Compressor Lockouts are ignored. Since Emergency
Heat can only be used below the Compressor Lockouts, Emergency
Heat is therefore not available. Off Mode
If the schedule has set the Unoccupied Mode and no Heating, Cooling,
If a heat pump unit is used in a VAV application using Supply Air Tem- or Dehumidification demands exist, the VCM-X E-BUS Controller
pering, then Morning Warm-Up mode will only use Auxiliary Heat. enters the Off Mode. During the Off Mode, the Supply Fan is off and
Heating for the Supply Air Tempering operation will only use Auxiliary the Outdoor Air Dampers are closed.
Heat (and Emergency Heat if available).
For VCM-X Modular E-BUS applications with an installed Suction

Pressure Transducer, a Head Pressure Module and a Head Pressure
Transducer(s), a Defrost Mode is available during the Heat Pump Heat-
ing operation. The VCM-X Modular E-BUS Controller converts the
Suction Pressure to a Suction Temperature. A user-adjustable Suction
Temperature Setpoint determines when the unit will go into Defrost
Mode during Heat Pump Heating. The unit will operate in Defrost Mode
for 10 minutes or until the Head Pressure reaches 450 PSIG.

Zone
Remote Control of HVAC Mode & Supply Air Control
Remote Control of HVAC Mode Setpoint, the Supply Air Temperature Setpoint would be reset to the
Supply Air Low Setpoint. When the temperature at the Reset Source
is in between its Low and High Setpoints, the Supply Air Setpoint will
NOTE: When using the Remote Control of HVAC Mode, both of the be proportionally reset between its High and Low Setpoints. When the
Heating and Cooling HVAC Mode Enable Setpoints must be set to 1 unit is in the Vent Mode or Vent Dehumidification Mode, the Supply
and the Mode Enable Sensor must be set as Supply Air Temperature. Air Temperature Setpoint will be calculated to be halfway between the
HVAC Mode Enable Setpoints. If Dehumidification Priority has been
The Heating Mode, Cooling Mode, and Vent Mode can be determined configured and the unit is in Heating Dehumidification or Cooling
by a remote Building Automation System (BAS). The VCM-X E-BUS Dehumidification Mode, the Supply Air Temperature Setpoint is pro-
will check the VCM-X Expansion Module for a 24 VAC input signal portionally reset in the same way as in the Heating and Cooling Modes
on BI5 and BI6. BI5 is used for Remote Forced Heating Mode. BI6 is described above in this paragraph.
used for Remote Forced Cooling Mode. If a 24 VAC signal is present on If the Supply Fan VFD Signal is configured as the Reset Source, then
both BI5 and BI6, the VCM-X E-BUS will be in Remote Forced Vent- separately, for the heating mode and the cooling mode, you will need
ing Mode. Remote Forced Venting Mode is considered to be Occupied to enter a Low and High VFD Signal Setpoint and a Low and a High
Fan-Only operation. Once the Remote Forced Mode has been set, normal Supply Air Setpoint. This creates a range of VFD Signal Setpoints and
Heating, Cooling, or Venting Modes of operations will occur. All other a range of Supply Air Temperature Setpoints. As the VFD Signal varies
user-adjustable setpoints, such as the Heating and Cooling Supply Air within its range, it will proportionally reset the Supply Air Temperature
Temperature Setpoints, are used in the actual control of the equipment. Setpoint within its range. For example, in the Cooling Mode, when the
During Dehumidification, if a Reset Source is not configured, the Supply Supply Fan VFD Signal is at its low setpoint, the Supply Air Cooling
Air Temperature Setpoint will be 70°F. Setpoint will be reset to its high setpoint; when the Supply Fan VFD
signal is at its high setpoint, the Supply Air Cooling Setpoint will be
The Remote Occupied Input on the VCM-X Expansion Module, BI4, reset to its low setpoint. In the heating mode, the Supply Air Heating
can also be used for Occupied Fan Only operation when the Remote Setpoint reset would react in the opposite fashion with the VFD signal at
Forced Heating or Cooling inputs are not activated. its highest setpoint the Supply Air Heating Setpoint is reset to its highest
setpoint, and with the VFD signal at its lowest setpoint the Supply Air
Heating Setpoint is reset to its lowest setpoint. In either mode, if the
Supply Air Temperature Setpoint Reset VFD signal is halfway (for instance) between the Low Signal Setpoint
and the High Signal Setpoint, the Supply Air Setpoint would be reset
The VCM-X E-BUS Controller incorporates a dynamic Supply Air Tem- to halfway between its High and Low Setpoint. If Dehumidification
perature Reset function based on a selected Reset Source. The available Priority has been configured and the unit is in Heating Dehumidifica-
Reset Source options are Space Temperature, Return Air Temperature, tion or Cooling Dehumidification Mode, the Supply Air Temperature
Outdoor Air Temperature, Supply Fan VFD Signal, or a Remote Reset Setpoint is proportionally reset in the same way as in the Heating and
Signal. In each case, for the heating mode and the cooling mode, a Low Cooling Modes described above in this paragraph. When the unit is in
and a High Reset Source Setpoint must be entered that will correspond the Vent Mode or Vent Dehumidification Mode, the Supply Air Tem-
to a Low and High Supply Air Setpoint. Since the Supply Air Setpoints perature Setpoint will be calculated to be halfway between the HVAC
are not fixed during reset, we refer to them as the “Active Supply Air Mode Enable Setpoints.
Temperature Setpoints.” The VCM-X E-BUS uses the HVAC Mode
Enable Setpoints to determine the mode of operation. Once the HVAC If a Remote Reset Signal is configured as the Reset Source, a 0-5 or 0-10
Mode has been determined, the VCM-X E-BUS will proportionally VDC signal can be used to reset the Supply Air Temperature Setpoint
reset the Supply Air Temperature Setpoint based on the Reset Source (set jumper to 0-10V). Separately, for the Heating Mode and the Cool-
condition relative to the Reset Source Low and High Setpoints. For ing Mode you will need to enter a Low and a High Supply Air Setpoint.
each of the Reset Source options discussed below there is an example
of how to set it up in the VCM-X / RNE Controller Operator Interfaces As an example when using a 0-5 VDC signal, when the Reset Signal
SD Technical Guide in the Supply Air Reset configuration screens #4 is at 0 VDC, the Supply Air Setpoint will be at its lowest setpoint for
& #5 and setpoint screens #4 through #7. both Heating and Cooling. When the Reset Signal is at 5 VDC, the
Supply Air Setpoint will be at it highest setpoint for both Heating and
If you configure Space Temperature, Return Air Temperature, or Outdoor Cooling. As the voltage signal changes between 0 VDC and 5 VDC, the
Air Temperature as the Reset Source, then separately, for the heating Supply Air Setpoint will be proportionally reset between the Low and
mode and the cooling mode you will need to enter a Low and High Reset High Supply Air Temperature Setpoint for both Heating and Cooling. If
Source Setpoint and a Low and High Supply Air Temperature Setpoint. Dehumidification Priority has been configured and the unit is in Heating
This creates a range of Reset Source Temperature Setpoints and a range Dehumidification or Cooling Dehumidification Mode, the Supply Air
of Supply Air Temperature Setpoints. As the Reset Source Tempera- Temperature Setpoint is proportionally reset in the same way as in the
ture varies within its range, it will proportionally reset the Supply Air Heating and Cooling Modes described above in this paragraph. When
Temperature Setpoint within its reset range. When the temperature at the unit is in the Vent Mode or Vent Dehumidification Mode, the Supply
the Reset Source is at the Reset Source Low Setpoint, the Supply Air Air Temperature Setpoint will be calculated to be halfway between the
Temperature Setpoint would be reset to the Supply Air High Setpoint. HVAC Mode Enable Setpoints.
When the temperature at the Reset Source is at the Reset Source High

Air Flow Monitoring, Supply Fan & Duct Static Pressure
Air Flow Monitoring/Control Since the Duct Static Pressure Control Output Signal is a non-config-
urable Direct Acting Signal (0-10 VDC), when you are using a Zoning
The VCM-X E-BUS Controller with the E-BUS Distribution Module Bypass Damper Actuator to control the Duct Static Pressure, you must
can monitor airflow of the outside air, the supply air, and the return/ex- set up the Zoning Bypass Damper Actuator or the Zoning Bypass Damper
haust air streams by utilizing EBTRON® GTN116 and GTC116 Airflow so that it is Reverse Acting in operation. The Output Signal increases
Monitoring Stations. The VCM-X E-BUS will control the Outdoor Air (closes Zoning Bypass Damper) if the Duct Static Pressure is below the
Damper to maintain an Outdoor Air CFM Setpoint. No other control Duct Static Pressure Setpoint by the Deadband amount, and the Output
functions are available at this time. Signal decreases (opens Zoning Bypass Damper) if the Static Pressure
is above the Setpoint by the Deadband amount.
Supply Fan Control If the Static Pressure ever rises 0.5” above the Duct Static Pressure
Setpoint, the Duct Static Pressure Control Output Signal will be cut
Any time the Supply Fan is requested to start, a timer is checked to make
in half every control period until the Static Pressure is brought under
sure the Supply Fan has been off for at least 1 minute. This 1-minute
control. This is to prevent damage to the ductwork if all the VAV
delay is a protection against rapid cycling of the Supply Fan. Once the
boxes are closed or some other blockage occurs in the ductwork.
1-minute delay has been satisfied, the Supply Fan relay is activated and
all other outputs are verified to be in the off condition for a period of 1 to 2
minutes. This short period of Supply Fan-Only Operation serves to purge Warning: The manufacturer does not assume responsibility for
the stagnant air from the duct before any Heating or Cooling occurs. protecting the equipment from over-pressurization! You should
always install mechanical high static protection cutoffs to protect
Normally, the Supply Fan runs continuously during the Occupied Mode your system!
of operation. If the fan is only required to run in the Occupied Mode
during Heating, Cooling, or Dehumidification Modes, the VCM-X E-
Any time the Supply Fan is off, the Duct Static Pressure Control Output
BUS can be configured for Fan Cycle Mode.
Signal will remain at zero volts. If the Supply Fan control is not con-
figured for Duct Static Pressure Control, you can still monitor the Duct
Duct Static Pressure Control Static Pressure if the Duct Static Pressure Sensor is installed; however,
no control will occur.
The VCM-X E-BUS Controller reads and controls Static Pressure in the
duct system if the Supply Fan has been configured for Duct Static Pres-
sure Control. Any time the Supply Fan is operating, the VCM-X E-BUS Duct Static Pressure Control for Filter
Controller is controlling Duct Static Pressure. The Duct Static Pressure Loading
Setpoint and Deadband limits are user-adjustable along with a Control
Interval. This Control Interval is the amount of time that elapses between In order to maintain a constant CFM through the supply air ducts on a
each adjustment to the Duct Static Pressure Control Output Signal. The mixed air CAV unit, the VCM-X E-BUS can utilize a Duct Static Pres-
default period is 10 seconds and should not be changed unless close sure Sensor (used to monitor the discharge pressure) in conjunction
observation reveals that the Supply Fan is hunting and not maintaining with a Supply Fan VFD. If the filters are getting dirty, the VCM will
a stable pressure reading. The Static Pressure Control Output Signal can ramp up the VFD to compensate for the decrease in airflow. To utilize
be used to control a Supply Fan VFD (Direct Acting Operation) or a this feature, the unit must be configured to use VFD Fan Control. This
Zoning Bypass Damper Actuator (Reverse Acting Operation). feature cannot be used if this is a VAV or Zoning application with typical
Duct Static Pressure Control.
The Duct Static Pressure Control Output Signal is a non-configurable
Direct Acting Signal (0-10 VDC). This Output Signal can be used to
directly connect to a Supply Fan VFD. The Output Signal increases
(increases VFD Speed) if the Duct Static Pressure is below the Duct
Static Pressure Setpoint by the Deadband amount, and the Output Signal
decreases (decreases VFD Speed) if the Static Pressure is above the
Setpoint by the Deadband amount.

Zone
Building Pressure Control and CAV/MUA
Building Pressure Control MUA Unoccupied Operation

The VCM-X E-BUS can maintain Building Static Pressure any time the Normally, an MUA unit is off during the Unoccupied Mode. However, if
Supply Fan is operating by activating a Constant Volume Exhaust Fan, a the unit has Return Air, it can be configured to operate as a recirculating
VFD Exhaust Fan, or Modulating Exhaust Damper, or by modulating the Night Setback Controlled unit during Unoccupied Hours. This is ac-
Outdoor Air Damper. A Building Pressure Transducer must be connected complished by simply configuring Night Setback Temperature Setpoints
to the VCM-X’s Expansion Module. For Constant Volume Exhaust (anything other than the default 30ºF) on a unit that is also configured
Fan applications, only an Exhaust Fan Relay needs to be configured for Outdoor Temperature Control (MUA). With this configuration,
for on/off operation of the Exhaust Fan. VFD or Modulating Building when the unit goes Unoccupied, it will close the Outdoor Air Damper
Pressure control must be configured in order for this feature to operate. and begin to use a Space Temperature Sensor in conjunction with the
An Exhaust Fan Relay can also be configured along with Modulating existing Heating and Cooling Setpoints, offset by the Night Setbacks,
Building Pressure control for an Enable output. Building Pressure can to make Night Setback calls. If a Space Humidity Sensor is installed,
be maintained by either Direct or Reverse Acting control. and the unit is configured for Night Humidity control, the VCM-X E-
BUS Controller will use the Space Humidity Setpoint for unoccupied
Direct Acting Modulating Control Dehumidification calls.
If configured, a VFD Exhaust Fan or Modulating Exhaust Damper will
be controlled by varying a 0-10 or 2-10 VDC control signal. If an en- IAQ (CO2) Operation
able output is required, an Exhaust Fan Relay can also be configured.
The Exhaust Fan Relay and the Modulating Signal will activate when If you have configured the VCM-X E-BUS Controller to monitor and
the Building Static Pressure rises above the Building Static Pressure control CO2 levels, the Economizer operation will be modified as follows:
Setpoint plus the Deadband. The Exhaust Fan Relay will remain active
1. The Maximum Reset Position the Economizer can open to
until the Building Static Pressure falls below the Building Static Pressure
is determined by a user-adjustable setpoint called the CO2
Setpoint minus the Deadband and the Modulating Signal falls to 0%.
Protection Limit Max Level.
2. The Minimum Position the Economizer can close down
Direct Acting On/Off Control
to is reset higher as the level of CO2 increases above the
If you do not require a Modulating Control Signal, you can also configure CO2 Protection Limit Max Level programmed. As the CO2
one of the Relay Outputs as an Exhaust Fan Relay to activate whenever level increases above the adjustable CO2 Setpoint,
the Building Static Pressure is above the Building Static Pressure Set- the Outdoor Air Damper will start opening beyond its
point plus the Deadband. The Exhaust Fan Relay will deactivate when the Minimum Position. At the CO2 Protection Limit Reset
Building Static Pressure falls below the Building Static Pressure Setpoint Range above Setpoint, the Economizer will be held to its
minus the Deadband. Only one Relay Output should be configured for Maximum Reset Position and not allowed to open any
this operation. There is no staging of additional Exhaust Fan Relays. further.
If doing both CO2 and CFM (using an Airflow Station) control of the
Reverse Acting Modulating Control Economizer, CFM control will not override the CO2 Max Economizer
If configured, on a drop in building static pressure below the building Position.
pressure setpoint minus the deadband, a 2-10 VDC signal will modu-
late to open the outside air damper. When this option is selected, no
economizer-free cooling or IAQ operation will be available. Pre-Heater Operation
In colder climates where freezing temperatures are sometimes experi-
CAV/MUA Dual Mode (Hood On/Off enced, it is desirable to preheat the Outdoor Air being drawn into the
Operation) HVAC unit before it reaches the Water Coils to prevent freezing. The
Pre-Heater control option is available by setting a Low Ambient Protec-
The VCM-X E-BUS Controller can be configured as a CAV controller tion Setpoint and by configuring one of the relay outputs as a Pre-Heater.
but switch to MUA operation when an exhaust hood is energized. This Only one relay can be configured for this option, and therefore, staging
MUA force mode occurs when a 24 VOut wet contact closure is received of Pre-heater relays is not available. The Pre-Heater operation will only
on the Hood On binary input on a VCM-X E-BUS Controller Expan- operate in the Occupied Mode.
sion Module. Under normal operation (CAV), the unit will operate as
a recirculating space temperature (and space humidity) controlled unit. The Pre-Heater sequence operates so that any time during the Occupied
When the Hood On contact is made, the unit will open the Outdoor Air mode, if the Outdoor Air Temperature is below the Low Ambient Protec-
Damper to its full open position. The Heating and Cooling Modes will tion Setpoint and the Supply Fan is running, the Pre-heater Relay will
then be determined by the Outdoor Air Temperature Sensor using the activate. It will remain on until the Outdoor Air Temperature rises 1°F
same Heating and Cooling Setpoints that were used in the CAV mode. above the Setpoint or until the Supply Fan shuts down. If the Proof of
Dehumidification would then be initiated by an Outdoor Dewpoint Set- Flow option is installed and configured, its signal must also be active
point. When the Hood On Force Mode is removed, the unit will revert for the Pre-Heater Relay to activate.
to CAV operation with the Outdoor Damper returning to its minimum
position (unless economizer operation is enabled) and with mode control If using the Preheat-X Controller, an SCR preheater and/or stages of
initiated by the Space Temperature and Humidity Sensors. preheat can be controlled. If the Entering Air Temperature (sensor con-
nected to the Preheat-X) falls below the Pre-Heat Setpoint, then preheat
will be controlled to either a Cooling, Heating or Vent Mode Preheater

Heat Wheel, and Single Zone VAV Mode
Leaving Air Setpoint - depending on if the VCM-X is currently in the Configure the Cooling Reset Source High and Low Setpoints and the
Cooling, Heating, or Vent mode of operation. These setpoints are all set Heating Reset Source High and Low Setpoints to establish the Space
in the VCM-X Controller. See the PREHEAT-X Controller Technical Temperature Cooling and Heating range over which the VFD will
Guide for more details. modulate in those modes.
Heat Wheel Outdoor Air Lockouts

One of the relay outputs can be configured as a Heat Wheel Relay. This The Outdoor Air Cooling and Heating Lockouts Setpoints are designed
relay will enable the Heat Wheel when the unit goes into the Occupied to prevent unwanted Mechanical Heating or Cooling operation during
Mode. If the unit is configured for Economizer Operation, this relay will certain Outdoor Ambient Temperature conditions.
disable the Heat Wheel when the unit goes into Economizer Mode. If
the Heat Wheel Relay is active, a Heat Wheel Defrost Cycle will occur When the Outdoor Air Temperature is below the Cooling Lockout
that will disable the Heat Wheel Relay for 2 minutes if the Outdoor Air Setpoint, no Mechanical Cooling can operate. However, if the unit is
Temperature is below the Heat Wheel Defrost Setpoint and 30 minutes equipped with an Economizer and the VCM-X E-BUS is configured to
have elapsed since the last Heat Wheel Defrost Cycle. use the Economizer, it can be used to provide free Cooling when the
Mechanical Cooling is locked out. For Heat Pumps, the Cooling Lockout
also applies to Compressor Heating, which means it usually will be a
Single Zone VAV Mode lower setting than on Cooling units that are not Heat Pumps.
In this application, the VCM-X E-BUS will modulate the Supply Fan The Outdoor Air Heating Lockout operates so that when the Outdoor
VFD to maintain the Space Cooling or Heating Setpoint while the unit’s Air Temperature is above the Outdoor Air Heating Lockout Setpoints,
cooling or heating source is modulating to maintain the appropriate no Mechanical Heating can operate. This applies to any type of Heating
Supply Air Setpoint. This sequence will operate optimally only when except Compressor Heating as used on Heat Pumps. The lockout for
the HVAC unit has modulating heating and cooling. Staged heating and Compressor Heating is explained in the previous paragraph regarding
cooling should not be used and will not provide satisfactory performance. Cooling Lockout Setpoints.
When the Space Temperature rises one deadband above the Space
Cooling Setpoint, the cooling mode is initiated. The Supply Fan will Supply Air Cutoffs
energize and begin operating at 30% speed. Cooling will modulate to
maintain the Active Supply Air Cooling Setpoint. The Supply Fan will The Supply Air Temperature Cutoffs are designed to prevent extremely
then proportionally modulate as needed between 30% and 100% as the High and Low Temperature Supply Air from entering the building.
Space Temperature rises within the Space Reset Window created by
configuring a Cooling Reset Source Low Setpoint and a Cooling Reset
High Supply Air Temperature Cutoff
Source High Setpoint. The Cooling Mode is disabled when the space
High Supply Air Temperature Cutoff is initiated when the Supply Air
temperature falls one deadband below the Space Cooling Setpoint.
Temperature rises above the HI SAT Cutoff Setpoint. When this occurs,
Heating stages will be deactivated until the Supply Air Temperature falls
When the Space Temperature falls one deadband below the Space
5°F below the HI SAT Cutoff Setpoint. Also, the Outside Air Damper
Heating Setpoint, the Heating Mode is initiated. The Supply Fan will
will move to its Minimum Economizer Position.
energize and begin operating at 50% speed. Heating will modulate to
maintain the Active Supply Air Heating Setpoint. The Supply Fan will
Low Supply Air Temperature Cutoff
then proportionally modulate as needed between 50% and 100% as
the Space Temperature falls within the Space Reset Window created Low Supply Air Temperature Cutoff is initiated when the Supply Air
by configuring a Heating Reset Source High Setpoint and a Heating Temperature falls below the LO SAT Cutoff Setpoint. If the VCM-X
Reset Source Low Setpoint. When Heat Pump heating is operating, the E-BUS is in Economizer Operation, Vent Mode, or Heating Mode and
Supply Fan VFD will operate from 75% to 100%. The heating mode the Supply Air Temperature falls below the LO SAT Cutoff Setpoint
is disabled when the space temperature rises one deadband above the for 10 minutes, it is assumed a Mechanical Failure has occurred and all
Space Heating Setpoint. Heating will be deactivated, the Supply Air Fan will shut off, and the
When the Space Temperature is satisfied and the unit is in the Vent Outdoor Air Dampers will close. If the VCM-X E-BUS is in the Cooling
Mode of operation, the fan will operate at 30%. During Dehumidifica- or Dehumidification Mode and the Supply Air Temperature falls below
tion, the fan will operate as described above, depending on if the Space the LO SAT Cutoff Setpoint, the Cooling Signal or Cooling Stages will
Temperature is calling for Heating, Cooling, or Vent Mode operation. immediately begin deactivating.
To restore normal operation, one of the following three things must occur:
Whenever the unit is in CO2 override operation of the Outdoor Air
Damper, the minimum VFD fan speed is forced to 75% and can modu- 1. The Supply Air Temperature rises above the LO SAT
late up from there. Cutoff Setpoint by 5°F.
2. The VCM-X E-BUS goes from Occupied to Unoccupied or
In order for the VCM-X E-BUS to operate in Single Zone VAV (SZ from Unoccupied to Occupied Mode.
VAV) mode, the unit must be configured as follows:
3. The VCM-X’s power is cycled.
Mode Enable Sensor = Space Temperature
Reset Source = SZ VAV or SZ VAV with CAV Heating
Duct Static Pressure Control = No

Zone
VCM-X E-BUS Controller Alarms
Dirty Filter Alarm

VCM-X E-BUS Controller Alarms A differential pressure switch (by others) is used to provide a 24 VAC
wet contact closure to indicate a dirty filter status. A Dirty Filter Alarm is
Sensor Failure Alarms
then generated. Dirty Filter needs to be configured for this alarm to occur.
Supply Air Temperature Sensor Failure Alarm Emergency Shutdown (Smoke) Alarm
A 24 VAC wet contact input is available to be used when a N.C. Smoke
The Supply Air Temperature Sensor Failure Alarm is generated when the
Detector, Firestat, or other shutdown condition occurs. If this contact
controller detects an open or short circuit on the Supply Air Temperature
opens, it will initiate shutdown of the SA and will generate an alarm con-
Sensor input. Once the alarm is generated, the unit will be completely
dition. This contact closure does not produce an instantaneous shutdown.
shut down. If a sensor is properly detected after the unit has alarmed,
Emergency Shutdown needs to be configured for this alarm to occur.
the alarm will be cleared and the unit will restart operations.
For instantaneous shutdown, the device initiating the open condition
Outdoor Air Temperature Sensor Failure Alarm on this contact should also be wired to cut the 24 V common to the
The Outdoor Air Temperature Sensor Failure Alarm is generated VCM-X relay outputs.
when the controller detects an open or short circuit on the Outdoor Air
Temperature Sensor input. When this occurs, the Outdoor Air reading
will be artificially set to the half point between the Cooling and Heat-
ing Lockout Setpoints. This will allow the cooling and the heating to
Failure Mode Alarms
continue operating.
High and Low Supply Temp Alarm
These alarms are activated when the Supply Air Temperature (SAT)
Space Temperature Sensor Failure Alarm rises above the High Cutoff Temperature Setpoint (immediate) or drops
If the Space Sensor is configured as the Controlling Sensor (Mode En- below the Low Cutoff Temperature Setpoint (for 10 minutes). Both
able Sensor) or as the Reset Sensor, and if the controller detects an open cutoff setpoints are user-adjustable. This mode shuts off the unit (with
or short circuit on the Space Sensor input, then a Space Temperature a 3 minute fan off delay) until the mode is cancelled.
Sensor Failure Alarm is generated. If the Space Sensor is configured as
the Controlling Sensor and the Failure Alarm is generated, the unit will This mode is cancelled when the SAT drops 5 degrees below the High
shut down. If the Space Sensor is only configured as a Reset Sensor and Cutoff Temperature Setpoint or rises 5 degrees above the Low Temp
the Failure Alarm is generated, the Space Temperature will default to a Cutoff Temperature Setpoint, or when the unit changes back into Oc-
value half way between the Heating and Cooling Mode Enable Setpoints, cupied Operation.
and the unit will continue to run.
High and Low Control Temp Failure

These alarms only apply when Space or Return Air is configured ad the
Mechanical Failure Alarms Mode Enable Sensor.
Mechanical Cooling Failure When the Controlling Sensor Temperature rises 5 degrees above the
The Mechanical Cooling Failure Alarm is generated if the Supply Air Cooling Mode Enable Setpoint for one hour, the controller will generate
Temperature fails to drop 5 degrees (within a user-adjustable time pe- a High Control Temp Failure Alarm.
riod) from the temperature the supply air was at when the cooling was
activated. The alarm will be cleared when the Supply Air Temperature When the Controlling Sensor Temperature drops 5 degrees below the
drops the 5 degrees and sets the failure timer back to zero. This alarm Heating Mode Enable Setpoint for one hour, the controller will generate
does not apply for Modulating Cooling. a Low Control Temp Failure Alarm.
Dropping below the Cooling Mode Enable Setpoint or rising above the
Mechanical Heating Failure Heating Mode Enable Setpoint will clear the alarm.
The Mechanical Heating Failure Alarm is generated if the Supply Air
Temperature fails to rise 5 degrees (within a user-adjustable time pe-
riod) from the temperature the supply air was at when the heating was Module Alarm
activated. The alarm will be cleared when the Supply Air Temperature This alarm applies to any E-BUS Modules or Controllers that are com-
rises the 5 degrees and sets the failure timer back to zero. This alarm municating with the VCM-X Controller. The E-BUS modules include
does not apply for Modulating Heating. the Full Digital Module, Dual Digital Module, One or Two Condenser
Head Pressure Module, Water Source Heat Pump-X2 Module. The Con-
trollers include the MHGRV-X Controller and Preheat-X Controller. If
Proof of Air Flow Alarm any of these modules stop communicating with the VCM-X Controller
A Proof of Flow switch (by others) provides a 24 VAC wet contact or if there is an alarm on one of these modules, this Module Alarm will
closure when the Supply Fan is operating. If this contact opens while be generated.
the fan is being called to run, all heating and cooling is disabled, and
a Fan Proving Alarm is generated. Fan Proving needs to be configured
for this alarm to occur.

VAV/Zone Controller Alarms
Title 24 Economizer Alarms

VAV/Zone Controller Alarms
Economizer Temperature Sensor Failure
Space Sensor Failure Alarm
Outside Air or Supply Air Temperature Sensor is shorted or missing.
If the controller detects an open or short on the Space Sensor input, this
alarm will be generated.
Economizer Not Economizing When it Should
Economizer is enabled but not following the desired Economizer posi- CFM Sensor Failure Alarm
tion commanded. If the Air Flow Constant (K Factor) is set to any value other than zero,
and the controller does not detect the Airflow Sensor, this alarm will
Economizer Is Economizing When It Should Not be generated.
Economizer is not enabled but the feedback signal indicates a position
Damper Opening Alarm
more open than the minimum.
After initial calibration, if the damper is called to be fully open and
cannot reach that position within approximately 2 minutes, this alarm
Economizer Damper Not Modulating will be generated.
Economizer is enabled but not within 10% of desired position within
150 seconds. Damper Closing Alarm
After initial calibration, if the damper is called to be fully closed and
Economizer Excess Outdoor Air Filter cannot reach that position within approximately 2 minutes, this alarm
Economizer feedback is lost or Economizer is not following commanded will be generated.
position.
High Space Temp Alarm
If the zone temperature is above the Cooling Setpoint by the Hi Zone
Alarm Offset (user adj.) for the Zone Alarm Delay Period (user adj.),
this alarm will be generated.
Low Space Temp Alarm

If the zone temperature is below the Heating Setpoint by the Lo Zone
Alarm Offset (user adj.) for the Zone Alarm Delay Period (user adj.),
this alarm will be generated.
Damper Feedback Failure Alarm

If the controller fails to detect the actuator feedback signal, this alarm
will be generated.

Zone
Scheduling and Internal Trend Logging
Scheduling Internal Trend Logging

The VCM-X E-BUS Controller has an internal power source for the The VCM-X E-BUS Controller continuously maintains an Internal
Real Time Clock (RTC) that allows the controller to keep the time and Trend Log, which records a fixed set of values at a user-programmed
accurately control scheduling. It can also broadcast the time to the VAV/ interval. These values can be retrieved only with the Prism Computer
Zone Controllers if that option is configured. Front-End Software. If you do not have a computer with Prism Software
installed and connected to the system communications loop, you do not
The VCM-X E-BUS Controller has an internal 7-day Schedule with 2 have access to these logs.
Start/Stop Events per day. You can also have 1 Holiday Schedule with
2 Start/Stop Events per day. This Holiday Schedule can be used for 14 There are 120 log positions available. Once the last (120th) position
different Holiday periods. has been recorded, the log jumps back to the first position and begins
overwriting the old data. This means the you will need to retrieve the
You can change the time on the VCM-X E-BUS Controller through the logs at an interval that is shorter than the duration of the last 120 logs
Modular Service Tool, Modular System Manager, or the System Manager
TS II. You can also broadcast the time and date to all VCM-X E-BUS Shown below are some log intervals and the duration of 120 logs.
Controllers by using a Personal Computer and the Prism Computer 1 minute interval = 2 hours
Front-End Software. 12 minute interval = 24 hours
15 minute interval = 30 hours
The Internal Scheduling in the VCM-X E-BUS Controller also includes 30 minute interval = 60 hours
a Self-Teaching Optimal Start Routine that can be activated by entering 60 minute interval = 120 hours
a value of 1.0 or greater for the Soak Multiplier Setpoint. The Optimal The fixed items in the log are listed below:
Start function can only be used if your VCM-X E-BUS Controller has a Date
Space Temperature Sensor installed and it is being used as the Control- Time
ling Sensor or if you are using WattMaster VAV/Zone controllers with Mode (Status Bits)
the VCM-X E-BUS Controller. Return Air Temperature
Outdoor Air Temperature
No adjustments other than the Soak Multiplier are required because Supply Air Temperature
the VCM-X E-BUS Controller monitors how long it takes to reach the Supply Air Temperature Setpoint
Target Temperature each day and adjusts the Starting Time accordingly. Coil Suction Temperature
That means the first day you operate your HVAC unit, it will not be able Outdoor Air Dewpoint
to Optimally Start because it does not have a history of previous Starts Indoor Air Humidity
and their results. After the first day, the VCM-X E-BUS Controller will Duct Static Pressure
begin adjusting the Start Time, and after six Normally Scheduled Starts Building Static Pressure
have occurred, the Optimal Start Routine will have gathered enough Economizer Signal Percentage
data to provide an accurate Pre-Start based on the learned conditions. Supply Fan VFD/Zoning Bypass Damper Signal Percentage
This is an ongoing learning process of the six previous starts, so the Exhaust Fan VFD/Exhaust Damper Signal Percentage
unit automatically adjusts for the changing seasons. If you don’t need Modulating Heat Signal Percentage
this feature, but you are using the Space Temperature Sensor as the Modulating Cooling Signal Percentage
Controlling Sensor, you can set the Soak Multiplier to zero to eliminate Space Temperature
the Optimal Start Routines. On Board Relay Status (Bit Pattern)
Expansion Module Relay Status (Bit Pattern)
Head Pressure
Condenser Fan Signal Percentage
Outdoor Air CFM
Supply Air CFM
Return or Space CO2
ModGas II Module Signal Percentage
Modulating Hot Gas Reheat II Module Signal Percentage
These items and values are explained in greater detail in the Prism 2
Computer Front-End Software Technical Guide.

Overrides and VAV/Zone System
Force Modes or Overrides If you are using another manufacturer’s VAV Terminal Unit Control-
lers, the VCM-X E-BUS Controller can activate a relay to inform the
VAV/Zone Controllers that the VCM-X E-BUS Controller is operating
in Warm-up Mode. No other information can be passed between the
Warning: No equipment protection is available during the VCM-X E-BUS Controller and the other manufacturer’s VAV Terminal
Force Mode of operation. That means you could start a compressor Unit Controllers. This means that Overrides or Unoccupied Heating and
without running the Supply Fan or could create other conditions Cooling calls cannot activate the VCM-X E-BUS Controller. If you need
that WILL damage the equipment. WattMaster Controls assumes any of these capabilities, you must use only Orion VAV/Zone Controllers
no responsibility or liability for the misuse of Overrides that cause for controlling all of your VAV Terminal Units.
damage to the equipment!
The VCM-X E-BUS Controller relay and analog outputs can be user- VAV/Zone System
overridden if the Modular Service Tool or the Prism Computer Front-End
When the VCM-X E-BUS goes into the Occupied Mode, it initiates
Software is used. The System Manager cannot be used for these Force
Morning Warm-up if the Return Air Temperature is below the Morning
Modes. The Modes of operation for the relays are as follows:
Warm-up Target Temperature Setpoint. During Morning Warm-Up, the
0 = Normal Operation VAV/Zone Controllers will modulate open if the Space Temperatures
1 = Forced ON are too cold. They can also move to their Maximum Airflow or Fixed
2 = Forced OFF Airflow Position Setpoint if they receive this broadcast from the VCM-
X E-BUS Controller. Once Morning Warm-up has been satisfied, the
The Analog Outputs are Forced when you specify a value between 0.0 VCM-X E-BUS enters the Cooling Mode and the VAV/Zone Controllers
and 10.0 VDC. To cancel the Force Mode, you must enter a value less will modulate to satisfy their Space Temperature Setpoints. If the Space
than zero, such as -1.0 VDC. Temperature falls below the Heating Setpoint, staged or modulating
Reheat can be activated to warm the space.
When the Analog Outputs are Forced, the display on the Modular Service
Tool or Prism program can be interpreted as the actual voltage. During
Communications between the VCM-X E-BUS and the VAV/Zone Con-
normal operation, the display indicates the percentage signal applied
trollers are handled by the MiniLink Polling Device. Alarm Polling and
based on the user-defined voltage limits. For example, if you define a
Tenant Overrides are also monitored by the MiniLink Polling Device.
2.0 VDC to 10.0 VDC range, then 50% would be 6.0 VDC instead of
Tenant Overrides are overrides generated by the Space Temperature Sen-
the 5.0 VDC applied when the range is 0.0 VDC to 10.0 VDC.
sor’s push button. The MiniLink Polling Device records the start and stop
As previously mentioned, Force Modes can only be activated when times and total run times of the overrides on a daily and monthly basis.
using either the Modular Service Tool or the Prism Computer Front- A computer running Prism Computer Front-End Software is required to
End Software. Furthermore, the Override condition can only remain in retrieve all data acquired by the MiniLink Polling Device.
effect as long as one of these Operator Interface devices is connected
Zoning System
and communicating with the VCM-X. That means that you cannot
Force an Override condition and then walk away from the equipment
with the Override still active. The loss of communications, removal, The VCM-X E-BUS Controller automatically configures itself for
or shutdown of the Operator Interface will automatically terminate the Voting Control when the MiniLink Polling Device is installed and is
Override within 10 minutes. This protects the equipment and prevents configured as a Voting System. The VCM-X E-BUS Controller sets the
an Override condition from remaining active indefinitely, resulting in HVAC Mode Enable to the Return Air Temperature Sensor as soon as
inefficient or dangerous operation of the equipment. communication is acquired with the MiniLink Polling Device. If the
VAV/Zone controllers are configured for Voting, the MiniLink Polling
Device totals the Heating and Cooling demands and determines which
VAV Terminal Unit Controller HVAC Mode the VCM-X should be in. The MiniLink Polling Device
broadcasts a forced Heating, Cooling, or Vent Mode of operation to
Compatibility the VCM-X. Once the VCM-X receives the broadcast to set the HVAC
The VCM-X E-BUS Controller is designed to communicate with Orion Mode, it operates as previously described in the VCM-X Sequence of
VAV/Zone Controllers. The VCM-X E-BUS can be configured to broad- Operations. If communications are lost, the VCM-X returns to its own
cast its Internal Schedule, Time, and Date, Fan and Heat Status, and control and will maintain the HVAC Mode Enable Setpoints by using
Supply Air Temperature. The VCM-X E-BUS can also broadcast Force the Return Air Temperature Sensor as the Controlling Sensor.
to Max or Force to Fixed Position during Morning Warm-up. The Orion
VAV/Zone Controllers broadcast Push-Button Overrides from Unoccu-
pied to Occupied. The controllers can also generate Unoccupied Heating
and Cooling calls to the VCM-X E-BUS Controller based on Setbacks.

Zone
TROUBLESHOOTING Zone
LED Diagnostics
Using LEDs To Verify Operation installed), the REC LED should flicker rapidly, indicating that the system
is communicating. A “flicker” is defined as a brief moment when the
The VCM-X E-BUS Controller is equipped with 4 LEDs that can be LED turns off and then back on. It may be easier to see this “flicker” if
used as very powerful troubleshooting tools. See Figure 43 below for you cup your hand around the LED.
the LED locations. The LEDs and their uses are as follows:
If the REC LED does not operate as indicated above, first check the
REC - This LED will light up to indicate system communications. address switch setting. Verify the address switch as outlined in the Di-
agnostic LEDs Operations section on page 69. See Figure 41 on page
POWER - This LED will light up to indicate that 24 VAC power has 48 for complete address switch setting instructions.
been applied to the controller.
STATUS 1 - This is the diagnostic blink code LED. It will light up NOTE: STATUS 1 LED represents the tens position and STATUS
and blink out diagnostic codes. STATUS 1 LED also represents the tens 2 LED represents the ones position of the controller address. If the
column in the address blink code. address of the controller is set to 59 with the address switch, first
STATUS 1 LED will blink 5 times, and then STATUS 2 LED will
STATUS 2 - This is the diagnostic blink code LED. It will light up and blink 9 times.
blink out diagnostic codes. STATUS 2 LED also represents the ones
column in the address blink code. If the address switch setting is correct and the REC LED still does not
behave as indicated above, check to be sure the operator’s interface is
POWER LED Operations connected correctly. If you are using the Modular Service Tool, verify
that it is plugged in securely to the DIN connection on the VCM-X
When the VCM-X E-BUS Controller is powered up, the POWER LED
E-BUS Controller. If you are using one of the System Manager Opera-
should light up and stay on continuously. If it does not light up, check to
tor’s Interfaces, see the VCM-X / RNE Controller Operator Interfaces
be sure that you have 24 VAC connected to the controller, that the wiring
SD Technical Guide or the System Manager TS Operator Interfaces
connections are tight, and that they are wired for the correct polarity. The
Technical Guide for a connection diagram.
24 VAC power must be connected so that all ground wires remain com-
mon. If after making all these checks, the POWER LED does not light If the REC LED still does not behave correctly, check the voltages at
up, please contact WattMaster Controls Technical Support for assistance. the communications terminal block. Be sure the Controller is powered
up for this test. Unplug the communications terminal block from the
REC LED Operations controller and check the DC voltage between T and SHLD and between
When power is applied to the controller, the REC LED will also light R and SHLD. Check the voltage with a digital multimeter set to DC
up. If this is a Stand Alone System (one controller only on the loop) volts. The voltage should be between 3.0 to 3.2 VDC between SHLD
or an Interconnected System (several VCM-X E-BUS Controllers tied and either T or R. If the voltage is not in this range, you probably have
together without a CommLink), the REC LED will glow continuously. a damaged driver chip that must be replaced.
The REC LED will flicker when you are connected to the VCM-X E-BUS
For driver chip replacement instructions, please see the Orion Controls
Controller and you are entering setpoints with the Modular Service Tool
VCM-X Component & System Wiring Technical Guide for more informa-
or one of the System Managers. It will also flicker if this is a Networked
tion or contact the factory for further assistance.
System. If this is a Networked System (the system has a CommLink
OMRON SA
G5Q-1A4
DC24V VDE
5A30VDC
Communications CHINA 10A250VAC ~
OMRON SA
G5Q-1A4
LED DC24V VDE
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
RS-485 OMRON
G5Q-1A4
SA
Communications DC24V VDE

5A30VDC Relay Output
Driver Chip CHINA 10A250VAC ~
OMRON
G5Q-1A4
SA LEDS - Typ. of 5
DC24V VDE
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
OMRON SA
G5Q-1A4
DC24V VDE
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
Diagnostic
Blink Code
LEDs
STATUS 1
STATUS 2
POWER LED
Figure 43: VCM-X E-BUS Controller Diagnostic LED Locations

TROUBLESHOOTING
LED Diagnostics
Diagnostic LED Operation STATUS 1 STATUS

Blink Code Description LED 2 LED
When power is first applied, the STATUS 1 and STATUS 2 LEDs will
Blinks Blinks
be off for 1 second. At this time, both LEDs will blink to indicate the
setting of the address switch and then will extinguish for 5 seconds. Normal Operation 0 1
Verify that the address switch setting is correct by counting the number
of blinks. Supply Air Sensor Failure 1 2
Outdoor Air Sensor Failure 2 2
If the address switch is not correct, first remove the communication
Space Sensor Failure 3 2
loop terminal plug from the controller and then from the power terminal
plug. Set the address dip switches correctly. See Figure 41 on page 48 Module Alarm 4 2
for correct address switch setting instructions. After you are sure the Mechanical Cooling Failure 1 3
address switch setting is correct, first reconnect the power connection
and then reconnect the communication loop connection to the controller. Mechanical Heating Failure 2 3
Fan Proving Failure 3 3
Dirty Filter Alarm 4 3
NOTE: You must always cycle power to the Controller being
addressed after changing address switch settings in order for the Emergency Shutdown 5 3
changes to take effect. Low Supply Temp Alarm 1 4
High Supply Temp Alarm 2 4
Reapply power to the controller and observe the blink code to verify Control Temp Cooling Failure 3 4
the address is set correctly. If the STATUS 1 and STATUS 2 LEDs now Control Temp Heating Failure 4 4
blink the correct address, your controller is addressed correctly. If they
don’t light up at all, the controller is not operating correctly and could Economizer Title 24 Alarm 5 4
be defective. Once the controller is done blinking the address, STATUS Push Button Override 1 5
2 LED will blink continuously for 30 seconds while the controller Zone Override 2 5
calibrates. Once the controller is done calibrating, the LEDs will blink
a code every 10 seconds to indicate controller status. See Table 3 for a Force Outputs Override 0 6
list of the various blink codes and their meanings.
Table 3: Diagnostic LED Blink Code Interpretation
If all of these tests are made and the controller still doesn’t operate, please
contact WattMaster Controls Technical Support at 866-918-1100.

Zone
APPENDIX Zone
System Configurations
System Configuration Options Interconnected System

The Interconnected System is used when you have multiple VCM-X E-
The VCM-X E-BUS Controller can be used as a Stand-Alone System BUS Controllers on your job. With this system, you simply connect the
(one VCM-X E-BUS Controller only), connected together on an In- controllers together using WattMaster communications wire or 18-gauge,
terconnected System (multiple VCM-X E-BUS Controllers only) or 2-conductor twisted pair with shield wire (Belden #82760 or equivalent).
connected together on a Network System (multiple VCM-X E-BUS This allows for all controllers that are connected on the communications
Controllers, VAV/Zone Controllers, or Add-On Controllers) to form a loop to be programmed and monitored from one or more of the available
complete Orion Controls System that can be programmed and monitored Operator Interfaces connected on the communications loop.
with one or more of the available Orion Operator Interfaces.
See Figure 46 on page 72 for a Typical Interconnected System Layout
For detailed information about the various Orion Controls Systems that diagram.
are available and their related wiring requirements and options, please
see the Orion Systems Technical Guide.
Networked System
If you have 1 to 59 VCM-X E-BUS Controllers that require informa-
Operator Interfaces
tion sharing, simply connect the controllers together using WattMaster
The Orion Operator Interfaces are designed to provide for programming communications wire or 18-gauge, 2-conductor twisted pair with shield
and monitoring of VCM-X E-BUS Controller(s) and/or any VAV/Zone wire (Belden #82760 or equivalent). The Networked Single Loop Sys-
or Add-on Controller(s) connected to your Orion System. The Opera- tem requires that either a MiniLink PD communication interface and/
tor Interfaces available for use with the Orion Systems are as follows: or CommLink communication interface are purchased and wired into
• Modular Service Tool SD the communications loop in a similar manner to the VCM-X E-BUS
• Modular System Manager SD Controllers.
• System Manager TS II The Networked Multiple Loop system is used when you have more
• Personal Computer with Prism 2 Computer Front End than 59 VCM-X E-BUS Controllers and/or are using multiple VCM-X
Software Installed E-BUS Controllers that are connected to VAV/Zone controllers. These
groups of controllers are broken up into multiple “Local Loops” that
You can use any one of these interfaces or all of them on the same
connect to each other via the “Network Loop.” Each individual MiniLink
Orion System.
PD handles its specific local loop’s communications requirements. The
CommLink communications interface handles all the communications
Stand-Alone System between the individual MiniLink PDs to form the network loop. Up to 60
The Stand-Alone System is used when you have a single VCM-X E-BUS local loops can be connected together with this configuration. This pro-
Controller only. Programming and status monitoring are accomplished vides the capability for over 3500 controllers to be networked together.
by selecting and installing one or more of the Operator Interfaces.
See Figure 47 on page 73 for a Typical Networked System Layout
See Figure 45 on page 71 for a Typical Stand-Alone System Layout diagram.
diagram.
Operator
Interfaces
Modular System
Manager SD
Modular Service
Tool SD
System Manager TS II
Personal Computer, Prism 2 Software
& CommLink
Figure 44: Available Operator Interfaces

APPENDIX
Stand-Alone System Layout
Operator
Interfaces
Modular System
Modular Manager SD
Service Tool SD
System Manager
Touch Screen II Personal Computer,
CommLink,
and Prism 2 Software
Figure 45: Typical Stand-Alone System Layout

72
APPENDIX
Interconnected System Layout
Modular System
Manager SD
Zone
Modular Service
Tool SD
Zone
System Manager TS II
Personal Computer with Prism 2 Software
& CommLink
VCM-X Modular E-BUS Controller Technical Guide

Figure 46: Typical Interconnected System Layout
APPENDIX
Networked System Layout
Interfaces
Operator
Operator
Interface
Figure 47: Typical Networked System Layout

Zone
APPENDIX Zone
Temperature Sensor Testing
Temperature Sensor Testing Temperature – Resistance –

Voltage for Type III 10 K Ohm
The following sensor voltage and resistance tables are provided to aid in
Thermistor Sensors
checking sensors that appear to be operating incorrectly. Many system
operating problems can be traced to incorrect sensor wiring. Be sure all Temp Resistance Voltage @
sensors are wired per the wiring diagrams in this manual. (ºF) (Ohms) Input (VDC)
74 10625 2.635
If the sensors still do not appear to be operating or reading correctly,
check voltage and/or resistance to confirm that the sensor is operating 75 10398 2.607
correctly per the tables. Please follow the notes and instructions below 76 10158 2.577
each chart when checking sensors.
78 9711 2.520
80 9302 2.465
Temperature – Resistance – 82 8893 2.407
Voltage for Type III 10 K Ohm
Thermistor Sensors 84 8514 2.352
Temp Resistance Voltage @ 86 8153 2.297

(ºF) (Ohms) Input (VDC) 88 7805 2.242
-10 93333 4.620 90 7472 2.187
-5 80531 4.550 95 6716 2.055
0 69822 4.474 100 6047 1.927
5 60552 4.390 105 5453 1.805
10 52500 4.297 110 4923 1.687
15 45902 4.200 115 4449 1.575
20 40147 4.095 120 4030 1.469
25 35165 3.982 125 3656 1.369
30 30805 3.862 130 3317 1.274
35 27140 3.737 135 3015 1.185
40 23874 3.605 140 2743 1.101
45 21094 3.470 145 2502 1.024
50 18655 3.330 150 2288 0.952
52 17799 3.275
Table 4, cont.: Temperature/Resistance for Type III
54 16956 3.217
10K Ohm Thermistor Sensors
56 16164 3.160
58 15385 3.100
60 14681 3.042
62 14014 2.985
64 13382 2.927 Thermistor Sensor Testing Instructions
66 12758 2.867 Use the resistance column to check the thermistor sensor while
68 12191 2.810 disconnected from the controllers (not powered).
69 11906 2.780 Use the voltage column to check sensors while connected to powered
70 11652 2.752 controllers. Read voltage with meter set on DC volts. Place the “-”
(minus) lead on GND terminal and the “+” (plus) lead on the sensor
71 11379 2.722
input terminal being investigated.
72 11136 2.695
If the voltage is above 5.08 VDC, then the sensor or wiring is “open.”
73 10878 2.665
If the voltage is less than 0.05 VDC, then the sensor or wiring is
shorted.
Table 4: Temperature/Resistance for Type III 10K
Ohm Thermistor Sensors

APPENDIX
OE265-11, -13, and -14 RH Sensors
OE265 Series RH Sensor Testing OE265-11, OE265-13, OE265-14 Relative Humidity

Sensor Testing Instructions
The chart below is used to troubleshoot the OE265-11, OE265-13, and
Use the voltage column to check the Humidity Sensor while connected
OE265-14 Relative Humidity Sensors.
to a powered expansion module. Read voltage with meter set on DC
volts.
OE265-11, -13 & -14 Relative Humidity
Transmitters – Place the “-” (minus) lead on the terminal labeled GND and the “+”
Humidity vs. Voltage for 0-5 VDC Sensors lead on the AIN terminal that the Humidity sensor is connected to on
the Analog Input/Output Expansion Module.
Voltage Voltage
Humidity Humidity
@ @
Percentage Input Percentage Input
(RH) (RH)
(VDC) (VDC)
0% 0.00 52% 2.60
2% 0.10 54% 2.70
4% 0.20 56% 2.80
6% 0.30 58% 2.90
8% 0.40 60% 3.00
10% 0.50 62% 3.10
12% 0.60 64% 3.20
14% 0.70 66% 3.30
16% 0.80 68% 3.40
18% 0.90 70% 3.50
20% 1.00 72% 3.60
22% 1.10 74% 3.70
24% 1.20 76% 3.80
26% 1.30 78% 3.90
28% 1.40 80% 4.00
30% 1.50 82% 4.10
32% 1.60 84% 4.20
34% 1.70 86% 4.30
36% 1.80 88% 4.40
38% 1.90 90% 4.50
40% 2.00 92% 4.60
42% 2.10 94% 4.70
44% 2.20 96% 4.80
46% 2.30 98% 4.90
48% 2.40 100% 5.00
50% 2.50
Table 5: Humidity/Voltage for OE265-11, -13 & -14

Humidity Sensors

Zone
APPENDIX Zone
OE271 & OE258-01 Pressure Sensor Testing
OE271 Pressure Sensor Testing OE258-01 Pressure Sensor Testing

The table below is used to troubleshoot the OE271 Duct Static Pressure The table below is used to troubleshoot the OE258-01 Building Pres-
Sensors. sure Sensors.
OE271 Duct Static Pressure Sensor OE258-01 Building Pressure Sensor

Pressure Voltage Pressure Voltage Pressure Voltage Pressure Voltage
@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Sensor Input Sensor Input Sensor Input Sensor Input
(“ W.C.) (VDC) (“ W.C.) (VDC) (“ W.C.) (VDC) (“ W.C.) (VDC)
0.00 0.25 2.60 2.33 -0.25 0.00 0.01 2.60
0.10 0.33 2.70 2.41 -0.24 0.10 0.02 2.70
0.20 0.41 2.80 2.49 -0.23 0.20 0.03 2.80
0.30 0.49 2.90 2.57 -0.22 0.30 0.04 2.90
0.40 0.57 3.00 2.65 -0.21 0.40 0.05 3.00
0.50 0.65 3.10 2.73 -0.20 0.50 0.06 3.10
0.60 0.73 3.20 2.81 -0.19 0.60 0.07 3.20
0.70 0.81 3.30 2.89 -0.18 0.70 0.08 3.30
0.80 0.89 3.40 2.97 -0.17 0.80 0.09 3.40
0.90 0.97 3.50 3.05 -0.16 0.90 0.10 3.50
1.00 1.05 3.60 3.13 -0.15 1.00 0.11 3.60
1.10 1.13 3.70 3.21 -0.14 1.10 0.12 3.70
1.20 1.21 3.80 3.29 -0.13 1.20 0.13 3.80
1.30 1.29 3.90 3.37 -0.12 1.30 0.14 3.90
1.40 1.37 4.00 3.45 -0.11 1.40 0.15 4.00
1.50 1.45 4.10 3.53 -0.10 1.50 0.16 4.10
1.60 1.53 4.20 3.61 -0.09 1.60 0.17 4.20
1.70 1.61 4.30 3.69 -0.08 1.70 0.18 4.30
1.80 1.69 4.40 3.77 -0.07 1.80 0.19 4.40
1.90 1.77 4.50 3.85 -0.06 1.90 0.20 4.50
2.00 1.85 4.60 3.93 -0.05 2.00 0.21 4.60
2.10 1.93 4.70 4.01 -0.04 2.10 0.22 4.70
2.20 2.01 4.80 4.09 -0.03 2.20 0.23 4.80
2.30 2.09 4.90 4.17 -0.02 2.30 0.24 4.90
2.40 2.17 5.00 4.25 -0.01 2.40 0.25 5.00
2.50 2.25 0.00 2.50
Table 6: Duct Static Pressure/Voltage for Table 7: Building Static Pressure/Voltage for
OE271 Duct Static Pressure Sensors OE258-01 Building Pressure Sensors
OE271 Pressure Sensor Testing Instructions OE258-01 Building Pressure Sensor Testing
Use the voltage column to check the Duct Static Pressure Sensor while Instructions
connected to powered controllers. Read voltage with meter set on DC Use the voltage column to check the Building Static Pressure Sensor
volts. Place the “-” (minus) lead on the GND terminal and the “+” (plus) while connected to a powered expansion module. Read voltage with
lead on the 0-5 pin terminal on (TP) with the jumper removed. Be sure meter set on DC volts. Place the “-” (minus) lead on terminal labeled
to replace the jumper after checking. GND and the “+” lead on terminal AIN4 on the Analog Input/Output
Expansion Module.

APPENDIX
OE275-01 Suction Pressure Transducer Testing
OE275-01 Suction Pressure OE275-01 Suction Pressure Transducer

Transducer Testing for R22 and R410A Coil Pressure
Refrigerant – Temperature – Voltage Chart for R410A
Refrigerant
The Evaporator Coil Temperature is calculated by converting the Suc-
Temperature
Temperature
tion Pressure to Temperature. The Suction Pressure is obtained by using
Pressure
Pressure
DC Volts
DC Volts
Signal
Signal
the OE275-01 Suction Pressure Transducer, which is connected into the
PSI
PSI
°F
°F
Suction Line of the Compressor.
Use the voltage column to check the Suction Pressure Transducer while
connected to the VCM-X Expansion Module. The VCM-X and the
VCM-X Expansion Module must be powered for this test. Read voltage 21.19 80.94 1.8 59.03 168.10 3.2
with a meter set on DC volts. Place the positive lead from the meter 24.49 87.16 1.9 61.17 174.32 3.3
on the PR OUT terminal located on the VCM-X Expansion Module
terminal block. Place the negative lead from the meter on the ground 27.80 93.39 2.0 63.19 180.55 3.4
(GND) terminal located adjacent to the PR OUT terminal on the VCM-X 30.99 99.62 2.1 65.21 186.78 3.5
Expansion Module terminal block. Use a refrigerant gauge set and/or an 33.89 105.84 2.2 67.23 193.00 3.6
accurate electronic thermometer to measure the temperature or suction
line pressure near where the Suction Pressure Transducer is connected 36.80 112.07 2.3 69.24 199.23 3.7
to the suction line. Measure the Voltage at the terminals PR OUT and 39.71 118.29 2.4 71.15 205.46 3.8
GND terminals and compare it to the appropriate chart depending on
42.30 124.52 2.5 72.95 211.68 3.9
the refrigerant you are using. If the temperature/voltage or pressure/volt-
age readings do not align closely with the chart, your Suction Pressure 44.85 130.75 2.6 74.76 217.91 4.0
Transducer is probably defective and will need to be replaced. 47.39 136.97 2.7 76.57 224.14 4.1
See the OE275-01 Suction Pressure Transducer, Pressure, Temperature, 49.94 143.2 2.8 78.37 230.36 4.2
and Voltage Chart for R22 and R410A Refrigerant testing (Tables 8 52.23 149.42 2.9 80.18 236.59 4.3
and 9). The charts show a temperature range from 20°F to 80°F. For
troubleshooting purposes, the DC Voltage readings are also listed with 54.50 155.65 3.0
their corresponding temperatures and pressures. 56.76 161.88 3.1
OE275-01 Suction Pressure Transducer Table 9: Coil Pressure/Voltage/Temp for OE275-01

Coil Pressure Suction Pressure Transducers - R410A Refrigerant
– Temperature – Voltage Chart for R22 Refrigerant
Temperature
Temperature
Pressure
Pressure
DC Volts
DC Volts
Signal
Signal
PSI
PSI
°F
°F
20.00 31.13 1.0 55.32 93.39 2.0

20.00 37.36 1.1 58.86 99.62 2.1
20.46 43.58 1.2 62.13 105.84 2.2
25.71 49.80 1.3 65.27 112.07 2.3
30.84 56.03 1.4 68.42 118.29 2.4
35.41 62.26 1.5 71.39 124.52 2.5
39.98 68.49 1.6 75.20 130.75 2.6
44.00 74.71 1.7 77.00 136.97 2.7
48.00 80.94 1.8 79.80 143.20 2.8
51.78 87.16 1.9 80.00 149.42 2.9
Table 8: Coil Pressure/Voltage/Temp for OE275-01

Suction Pressure Transducers - R22 Refrigerant

Zone
INDEX Zone
A-C
2-Conductor Wire.........10 Analog Inputs.........50

3- or 4-Conductor Wire.........10 Analog Outputs.........51
4 Binary Input Expansion Module.........34,52 AO1 - AO2.........51
Dimensions.........9 AO3 - AO5.........51
7-Day, 2-Event-per-Day Scheduling.........5 Applications
10K Type III Thermistor Sensors.........15 Heat Pump.........6
12-Relay Expansion Module Overview.........6
Dimensions.........9 Applying Power.........48
Power Requirements.........48 Automatic Supply Air Reset.........5
Wiring.........34 Auxiliary Heating Stages
12-Relay Expansion Module Jumper Settings.........34 Overview.........59
14 Holiday Event Scheduling.........5
18-Gauge.........10
20 Stages of Heating & Cooling.........5 B
24-Gauge.........10
BAS.........60
24 VAC-to-24 VAC.........49
Belden #82760 Wire.........10
BI1.........52
A BI1- BI8.........52
BI4.........60
A1 - A4.........51 BI5.........60
AAON MHGRV Modulating Hot Gas Reheat Controller.........5 BI6.........60
AAON MODGAS Modulating Natural Gas Controller.........5 Binary Inputs.........52
AAON Tulsa WSHP Protection Module.........44,46 VCM-X Expansion Module Wiring.........23,24
Actuators Blink Code Interpretation
Economizer Damper.........17 LEDs.........69
Return Air Bypass Damper.........33 Building Automation System (BAS).........60
Return Air Damper.........33 Building Pressure Control.........5,62
Zoning Bypass Damper.........18 Direct Acting.........62
Additional Stages of Heat.........57 Output.........30
Address 1 - 59.........48 Output Signal.........30
Addressing Controllers.........48 Output Wiring.........30
AI1- AI7.........50 Reverse Acting.........62
Air Flow Monitoring.........61 Signal.........51
Alarm Building Pressure Sensor.........29
Low Space Temp Alarm.........65 Input.........51
Alarm Definitions.........64 Wiring.........29
Alarms.........69 Building Static Pressure/Voltage Chart.........76
CFM Sensor Failure.........65
Damper Closing Alarm.........65
Damper Feedback Failure Alarm.........65 C
Damper Opening Alarm.........65
CAV/MUA Dual Mode.........62
Dirty Filter Alarm.........64
CFM Sensor Failure Alarm.........65
Drain Pan Overflow Failure.........
Chilled Water Valve.........32
Emergency Shutdown Alarm.........64
Control.........5
High and Low Supply Temp Alarm.........64,65
CO2 Operation.........62
High Space Temp Alarm.........65
CO2 Sensor
Mechanical Cooling Failure.........64
Duct Mounted.........13
Mechanical Heating Failure.........64
Return Air.........13
Module Alarm.........64
Coil Pressure/Voltage/Temp for OE275-01 Suction Pressure
Space Sensor Failure.........65
Transducers.........77
Space Temperature Sensor Failure Alarm.........64
Coil Temperature Offset.........56
VAV/Zone Controller.........65
Coil Temperature Reset.........56
VCM-X E-BUS Controller.........64

INDEX
C-D
Configurations Binary Inputs Wiring.........23,24

Interconnected System.........70 Building Pressure Control Output Wiring.........30
Interconnected System Layout.........72 Building Pressure Sensor Wiring.........29
Networked System Layout.........73 Digital Room Sensor Wiring.........12
Network System.........70 Economizer Damper Actuator Wiring.........17
Stand-Alone System.........70 Indoor Return Air-Mounted Humidity Sensor
Stand-Alone System Layout.........71 Wiring.........27,28
Configuring Indoor Wall-Mounted Humidity Sensor Wiring.........26
VCM-X.........49 Interconnected System Layout.........72
Constant Air Volume Unit Modular Service Tool & Modular System Manager
Overview.........6 Operator Interfaces.........49
Constant Volume Supply Fan.........6 Modulating Cooling Device Wiring.........32
Controller Modulating Heating Device Wiring.........31
Addressing.........48 Networked System Layout.........73
Mounting Requirements.........10 Outdoor Air Humidity Sensor.........25
Programming.........49 Outdoor Air Humidity Sensor Wiring.........25
Voltage and Environment Requirements.........10 Outdoor Air Temperature Sensor Wiring.........16
Control Temp Cooling Failure RA CO2 Sensor Wiring.........13
LED Blinks.........69 Remote Supply Air Temperature Reset Signal
Control Temp Heating Failure Wiring.........14
LED Blinks.........69 Return Air Bypass Wiring.........33
Cooling and Heating Lockouts Setpoints.........63 Space Temperature Sensor Wiring.........12,14
Cooling Mode.........53 Stand-Alone System Layout.........71
Cooling Staging Delay.........54 Suction Pressure Transducer Wiring (Units With
Economizer Operation.........54 Digital Compressors).........22
Minimum Off Time.........54 Suction Pressure Transducer Wiring (Units Without
Minimum Run Time.........54 Digital Compressors).........21
Operation.........53 Supply Air and Return Air Temperature Sensor Wiring -
Stage Control Window.........54 Units Without MODGAS or MHGRV.........15
Staging Down Delay.........54 Supply Fan VFD Wiring.........18
Staging Up Delay.........54 Two Condenser Head Pressure Module.........40
Cooling Only with Morning Warm-up.........50 VCM-X Controller
Cooling Staging Delay.........54 Address Switch Setting.........48
Copeland Digital Compressor.........23,24 Diagnostic LED Locations.........38,39,68,70
Dimensions.........7
Wiring.........11
D VCM-X E-BUS Controller to E-BUS Module
Wiring.........36
Damage to Equipment.........66
Damper Closing Alarm.........65
Dimensions.........8
Damper Feedback Failure Alarm.........65
Input Wiring.........19
Damper Opening Alarm.........65
Output Wiring.........20
Defrost Cycle.........59,63
Zoning Bypass Damper Actuator Wiring.........18
Dehumidification Capabilities.........5
Digital Room Sensor.........12
Dehumidification Mode.........21,53,55
Wiring.........12
Remote Forced Dehumidification.........56
Digital Scroll Compressor.........5
Return Air Bypass Damper Control.........56
Copeland.........23,24
Dehumidification Priority.........6
Digital Scroll Compressor Controller.........32
Diagnostics, LED.........68
Dimensions
Diagrams
4 Binary Input Expansion Module.........9
4 Binary Input Expansion Module Dimensions.........9
12-Relay Expansion Module.........9
12-Relay Expansion Module Dimensions.........9
VCM-X Controller.........7,11
12-Relay Expansion Module Jumper Settings.........34
VCM-X Expansion Module.........8

Zone
INDEX Zone
D-H
Direct Acting Expansion Modules

Building Pressure Control.........62 4 Binary Input.........34,52
Dirty Filter Alarm.........5,64
LED Blinks.........69
Dirty Filter Contact Closure Input.........52 F
DPAC (Digital Precision Air Control)
Factory Wired.........10
Applications.........5
Fan Proving Failure
Overview.........6
Drybulb/Wetbulb Control of Economizer Operation.........5
Fan Proving Interlock.........5
Dual Damper Mode.........51
Field Wired.........10
Dual Digital Control.........5
Filter Loading.........61
Dual Digital Module.........43
Filter Loading Applications.........5
Duct Mounted CO2 Sensor.........13
Forced Schedule.........53
Duct Static Pressure.........18
Force Modes.........66
Control.........6,61
Force Outputs Override
Control Signal.........51
Sensor.........18
Full Digital Control.........5
Sensor Input.........50
Full Digital Module.........42
Voltage Chart.........76
Duct Static Pressure Control.........61
DX G
Cooling.........21
Cooling Units.........50 GND-to-GND.........49
Evaporator Coil.........6 Greentrol........35
GTC116.........35
E
H
EBTRON Air Flow Measurement Digital Transmitter
Wiring.........35 Head Pressure Control.........5
E-BUS Adapter Board.........35 Heating Mode Operation.........53,57
E-BUS Port.........36 Additional Stages of Heat.........57
Economizer Control Signal.........51 Electric Heat.........58
Economizer Damper Actuator.........17 Heating Staging Delay.........57
Economizer Operation.........54 Minimum Off Time.........57
Electrical Codes.........10 Minimum Run Time.........57
Electric Heat.........58 MODGAS Controller.........57
Electric Heating Coil.........31 Modulating Heating.........57
Emergency Shutdown.........52 Primary Modulating Heat.........58
Emergency Shutdown Alarm.........64 Secondary Heat.........58
Evaporator Coil Temperature.........6,50 Stage Control Window.........57
Exhaust Hood Staged Gas.........58
Activating.........6 Staging Down Delay.........57
On Input.........52 Staging Up Delay.........57
Expansion Module Heating Staging Delay.........57
4 Binary Input Dimensions.........9 Heat Pump, Applications.........5
12-Relay Dimensions.........9 Heat Pump Operation.........59
12-Relay Expansion Jumper Settings.........34 Heat Pump Unit.........6
Binary Inputs Wiring.........23,24 Heat Wheel.........5,63
Configurations.........5 High and Low Supply Temp Alarm.........64,65
Dimensions.........8 High Space Temp Alarm.........65
Input Wiring.........19 High Supply Air Temperature Cutoff.........63
Output Wiring.........20 High Supply Temp Alarm
Voltage and Environment Requirements.........10 LED Blinks.........69
Hood On/Off.........51

INDEX
H-O
Hood On/Off Operation.........62 M

Hot Water Valve.........5
Humidity/Voltage Chart.........75 Make-Up Air Unit
HVAC Mode Overview.........6
Enable Sensor.........50 Mechanical Cooling Failure.........64
Sensor Selection.........50 LED Blinks.........69
HVAC Mode Operation Mechanical Heating Failure.........64
Remote Control of.........60 LED Blinks.........69
Types of.........53 MHGRV Controller.........15
Minimum Off Time.........54,57
Minimum Run Time.........54,57
I Minimum Wire Size
For 24 VAC.........10
IAQ (CO2) For Sensors.........10
Economizer Reset.........5 MODGAS Controller.........15,57
Operation.........62 Modular Service Tool.........49
Illustrations Modular System Manager.........49
Two Condenser Head Pressure Module.........40 Modulating Chilled Water Valve.........32
Indoor Air Humidity Sensor Input.........51 Modulating Cooling
Indoor Wall-Mounted Humidity Sensor.........26 Device.........32
Wiring.........26 Output.........5
Initialization System.........49 Proportional Window.........54
Inputs Signal.........51
VCM-X Expansion Module.........51 Wiring.........32
Input Wiring Modulating Heating.........57
VCM-X Expansion Module.........19 Device.........31
Instructions, Addressing.........48 Wiring.........31
Interconnected System.........70 Modulating Hot Gas Reheat.........6
Interconnected System Layout.........72 Modulating Hot Water Valve.........31
Internal Trend Logging.........66 Modulating Steam Valve.........31
Internal Week Schedule.........53 Module Alarm.........64,69
Morning Warm-up Heating.........6
J MUA Unoccupied Operation.........62
Jumper Settings
12-Relay Expansion Module.........34 N
Networked System Layout.........73
L Network System.........70
Night Setback Control.........50
LED Normal Operation
Blink Codes.........69 LED Blinks.........69
Diagnostics.........68
Troubleshooting.........69
LEDs.........68 O
POWER.........68 OAT Cooling Lockout Setpoint.........59
REC.........68 OAT Heating Lockout Setpoint.........59
STATUS 1.........68,69 Occupied Cooling Mode.........53
STATUS 2.........68,69 Occupied Mode of Operation.........53
Low Space Temp Alarm.........65 OE210.........14
Low Supply Air Temperature Cutoff.........63 OE211.........14
Low Supply Temp Alarm OE212.........14
LED Blinks.........69 OE213 Wiring.........14
OE213 Space Temperature Sensor.........12,14

Zone
INDEX Zone
O-P
OE213 Wall Mounted Space Temperature Sensor.........12 Dehumidification.........55

OE217-00/01 Wiring.........12 Duct Static Pressure Control.........61
OE231 Wiring.........15 Forced Schedule.........53
OE231 Supply Air & Return Air Temperature Sensors.........15 Heating Mode.........57
OE250 Outdoor Air Temperature Sensor.........16 HVAC Modes.........53
OE256-01 CO2 Sensor.........13 Internal Week Schedule.........53
OE256-02 CO2 Sensor.........13 Push-Button Override Signal.........53
OE258-01 Building Pressure Sensor.........29,30 Remote Control of HVAC Mode.........60
OE258-01 Pressure Sensor Testing.........76 Remote Forced Occupied Signal.........53
OE265-11 Indoor Wall-Mounted Humidity Sensor.........26,75 Supply Air Temperature Setpoint Reset.........60
OE265-13 Outdoor Air Humidity Sensor.........25,75 Supply Air Tempering.........61
OE265-14 Return Air Mounted Humidity Sensor.........27,75 Supply Fan Control.........61
OE265 RH Sensor Testing.........75 Vent Mode.........53
OE271 Pressure Sensor Testing.........76 Warm-Up Mode.........59
OE275-01 Suction Pressure Transducer.........21 Operator Interfaces.........49,70
R410A Refrigerant Testing.........77 Optimal Start Scheduling.........5
OE332-23-VCMX.........10,11 Outdoor Air Damper.........51
Dimensions.........7 Outdoor Air Humidity Sensor.........25
Requirements.........10 Diagram.........25
Wiring.........11 Input.........51
OE332-23-VCMX-MOD-A.........38,39,42 Wiring.........25
OE332-23-VCMX-MOD-C.........39,43 Outdoor Air Lockouts.........63
OE332-23-VCMX-WSHP-A.........38,39,44,46 Outdoor Air Sensor Failure LED Blinks.........69
OE332-23-VCMX-WSHP-C.........38,39 Outdoor Air Temperature Sensor.........16
OE333-23-EM.........10 Diagram.........16
8 Binary Inputs Wiring.........23 Input.........50
Dimensions.........8 Wiring.........16
Input Wiring.........19 Outdoor Air Volume.........6
Output Wiring.........20 Outputs
Requirements.........10 VCM-X Controller.........51
OE333-23-EM VCM-X Expansion Module.........19,34 VCM-X Expansion Module.........51
OE356-00-BI.........10,34 Output Wiring
Dimensions.........9 VCM-X Expansion Module.........20
Requirements.........10 Overrides.........66
Wiring.........24
OE358-23-12R.........10
Dimensions.........9 P
Jumper Settings.........34
PAC (Precision Air Control).........5,33,51
Requirements.........10
Overview.........6
Wiring.........34
Polarity
OE358-23-12R 12-Relay Expansion Module.........19,34
Correct.........10,48
OE365-15-EBA.........35
Observing.........49
OE370-23-DD-C.........43
Warning.........49
OE370-23-FD-A.........42
POWER LED.........68
OE370-23-HP1C.........38
Power Requirements
OE370-23-HP2C2.........40
12-Relay Expansion Module.........48
Off Mode.........53
Before Applying.........48
Operating Summary.........49
VCM-X Controller.........48
Operation Mode
VCM-X Expansion Module.........48
Heat Pump.........59
Power Wiring.........48
Operation Modes
Pre-Heater Operation.........62,63
Air Flow Monitoring.........61
Pressure Sensor Testing.........76
Building Pressure Control.........62
Primary Modulating Heat.........58
Cooling Mode.........53

INDEX
P-S
Primary/Secondary Heating Control.........5 Sensors

Programming Controllers.........49 10K Type III Thermistor.........15
Proof of Flow Input.........52 Building Pressure.........29
Proportional Inlet Vanes.........51 Duct Mounted CO2.........13
Push-Button Override HVAC Mode Enable Sensor.........50
Feature.........50 Indoor Wall-Mounted Humidity.........26
LED Blinks.........69 Outdoor Air Humidity.........25
Signal.........53 Outdoor Air Temperature.........16
Pressure Sensor Testing.........76
Relative Humidity Sensor Humidity/Voltage.........75
R Return Air.........15
Return Air Mounted Humidity.........27
R1 - R5.........51
Return Air Temperature.........15
R22 Refrigerant.........5, 77
RH Sensor Testing.........75
R410A Refrigerant.........5, 77
Space Temperature.........14
REC LED.........68
Supply Air.........15
Relative Humidity Sensor
Supply Air Temperature.........15
Testing Instructions.........75
Temperature Sensor Testing.........74
Remote Control of HVAC Mode.........60
Thermistor Sensor Testing Instructions.........74
Remote Forced
Type III 10K Ohm Thermistor Sensors.........74
Cooling Mode Input.........52
Service Tool.........49
Dehumidification.........52,56
Setpoints
Heating Mode Input.........52
Cooling and Heating Lockouts.........63
Occupied Mode Input.........52
Single Zone VAV Mode.........63
Occupied Signal.........53
Sizing
Remote HVAC Mode Selection.........5
Transformer.........48
Remote Override Capabilities.........5
Slide Offset Option.........14
Remote SAT Reset Signal.........28
Smoke Detector Input.........5,52
Diagram.........14,28
Space CO2 Sensor.........12
Input.........50
Space Sensor Failure
Overview.........14,28
Wiring.........14
Space Sensor Failure Alarm.........65
Return Air Bypass.........33
Space Temperature Sensor
Damper Actuator Wiring.........33
Diagram.........14
Damper Control.........56
Input.........50
Damper Signal.........51
Overview.........14
Return Air Bypass Damper Actuator Wiring.........33
Slide Adjust.........50
Return Air Duct Mounted CO2 Sensor.........13
Wiring.........12,14
Return Air Mounted Humidity Sensor.........27
Space Temperature Sensor Failure Alarm.........64
Return Air Temperature Sensor.........15
Split Systems.........56
Input.........50
Stage Control Window.........54,57
Reverse Acting Building Pressure Control.........62
Staged Gas Heat.........58
RH Sensor Testing.........75
Staging Down Delay.........54,57
Room Sensor Slide Offset Option.........14
Staging Up Delay.........54,57
Stand-Alone System.........70
S Addressing.........48
Layout.........71
Saturation Vapor Pressure.........50 Static Pressure Control.........5
Scheduling.........66 STATUS1 LED.........68,69
SCR Control.........31 STATUS2 LED.........68,69
SCR Electric Heat Control.........5 Steam Valve.........5
Secondary Heat.........58 Suction Line Pressure Transducer.........32
Selectable Control Sensor.........5 Suction Pressure Sensor Input.........50

Zone
INDEX Zone
S-V
Suction Pressure Transducer.........22 U

Diagram.........21,22
Wiring.........21,22 Unoccupied Cooling Mode.........53
With Digital Compressor.........22 Unoccupied Mode of Operation.........53
Without Digital Compressor.........21 User-Configurable Relays.........51
Suction Pressure Transducer Testing.........77
Supply Air Cutoffs.........63
High Supply Air Temperature Cutoff.........63 V
Low Supply Air Temperature Cutoff.........63 VA Load Requirements.........10
Supply Air Sensor Failure LED Blinks.........69 VA Rating.........10
Supply Air Temperature Setpoint Reset.........60 Variable Air Volume Unit Overview.........6
Supply Air Temperature Sensor.........15 Variable Frequency Drive Units.........18
Input.........50 VAV Dehumidification.........6
Wiring.........15 VAV/Zone Box Compatibility.........67
Supply Air Temperature Sensor Failure Alarm.........64,65 VAV/Zone Controller Alarms.........65
Supply Air Temperature Setpoint Reset.........60 VCM-X Controller
Supply Air Tempering.........61 Addressing.........48
Supply Fan Control.........61 Configuring.........49
Supply Fan Enable.........51 Digital Room Sensor Wiring.........12
Supply Fan VFD.........51 Dimensions.........7,11
Diagram.........18 Duct Static Pressure Control Signal.........51
Signal.........18 Duct Static Pressure Sensor Input.........50
Wiring.........18 Economizer Control Signal.........51
System Economizer Damper Actuator Wiring.........17
Applications.........6 Inputs.........50
Configuration.........70 LEDs.........68
Features.........5 Outdoor Air Temperature Sensor Input.........50
Initialization.........49 Outputs.........51
Powering-Up.........48 Power Requirements.........48
System Manager.........49 Programming.........49
System Manager TS.........49 RA CO2 Sensor Wiring.........13
Remote SAT Reset Signal Input.........50
T Return Air Temperature Sensor Input.........50
Space CO2 Sensor Wiring.........12
Temperature/Resistance Chart.........74 Space Temperature Sensor Input.........50
Temperature Sensor Testing.........74 Space Temperature Sensor Slide Adjust.........50
Testing Suction Pressure Sensor Input.........50
OE258-01 Pressure Sensor.........76 Supply Air Temperature Sensor Input.........50
OE271 Pressure Sensor.........76 Supply Fan (Enable).........51
OE275-01 Suction Pressure Transducer - Supply Fan VFD Signal Wiring.........18
R410A Refrigerant.........77 User-Configurable Relay Outputs.........52
Pressure Sensor.........76 User-Configurable Relays.........51
Relative Humidity Sensor.........75 VAV/Zone Box Compatibility.........67
Thermistor Sensor Testing Instructions.........74 Wiring Diagram.........11
Title 24 Economizer Feedback Alarms.........65 Zoning Bypass Damper Actuator Signal Wiring.........18
Title 24 Economizer Feedback Wiring........17,28 VCM-X E-BUS Controller
Touch Screen System Manager.........49 Alarms.........64
Transformer Sizing.........10,48 VCM-X E-BUS Controller to E-BUS Module Wiring.........36
Trend Logging.........66
Capability.........5
Troubleshooting LED Diagnostics.........68
Two Condenser Head Pressure Module.........39
Wiring.........40
Type III 10K Ohm Thermistor Sensors.........74

INDEX
V-Z
VCM-X Expansion Module EBTRON Air Flow Measurement Digital

Building Pressure Control Signal.........51 Transmitter.........35
Building Pressure Sensor Input.........51 Economizer Damper Actuator.........17
Dimensions.........8 GND-to-GND.........49
Dirty Filter Contact Closure Input.........52 Important Considerations.........10
Exhaust Hood On Input.........52 Indoor Wall-Mounted Humidity Sensor.........26
Indoor Air Humidity Sensor Input.........51 Modulating Cooling Device.........32
Inputs.........51 Modulating Heating Device.........31
Input Wiring.........19 Outdoor Air Humidity Sensor.........25
Modulating Cooling Signal.........51 Outdoor Air Temperature Sensor.........16
Outdoor Air Humidity Sensor Input.........51 Overview.........10
Outputs.........51 RA CO2 Sensor.........13
Power Requirements.........48 Remote Supply Air Temperature Reset Signal.........14
Proof of Flow Input.........52 Return Air Bypass.........33
Remote Forced Cooling Mode Input.........52 Return Air Bypass Damper Actuator.........33
Remote Forced Dehumidification.........52 Return Air Damper Actuator.........33
Remote Forced Heating Mode Input.........52 Return Air Mounted Humidity Sensor.........27
Remote Forced Occupied Mode Input.........52 Return Air Temperature Sensor.........15
Return Air Bypass Damper Signal.........51 Space Temperature Sensor.........12,14
Return Air Damper Signal.........51 Suction Pressure Transducer.........22
Smoke Detector Input.........52 With Digital Compressor.........22
Wiring.........19 Without Digital Compressor.........21
VCM-X Modular Controller.........43 Supply Air Temperature Sensor.........15
Module Alarm.........69 Supply Fan VFD Signal.........18
VCM-X WSHP Controller.........38,39,44,46 Two Condenser Head Pressure Module.........40
Module Alarm.........69 VCM-X Expansion Module.........19
Vent Mode Operation.........53 Zoning Bypass Damper Actuator Signal.........18
VFD.........18 Wiring Diagram
VFD Supply Fan.........6 Dual Digital Module.........43
Voltage Full Digital Module.........42
Proper.........48 One Condenser Head Pressure Module.........38
Voltage and Environment Requirements.........10 Two Condenser Head Pressure Module.........39
VCM-X Controller.........11
Water Source Heat Pump Protection Module.........44,46
W Wiring Diagrams
Full Digital Module.........42,43
Wall Mounted Space CO2 Sensor.........12
One Condenser Head Pressure Module.........38
Warm-Up Mode.........53
Two Condenser Head Pressure Module.........39
Warm-Up Mode Operation.........59
WSHP Protection.........5
Water Source Heat Pump.........44,46
Water Source Heat Pump Protection Module.........44,46
WattMaster Aspiration Box Assembly.........13 Z
Wet Contacts.........20
Wiring Zone Override
12-Relay Expansion Module.........34 LED Blinks.........69
18-gauge.........10 Zoning Bypass Damper.........6
24-gauge.........10 Zoning Bypass Damper Actuator.........51
24 VAC-to-24 VAC.........49 Diagram.........18
Belden #82760.........10 Zoning Bypass Damper Actuator Signal
Binary Inputs.........23,24 Wiring.........18
Building Pressure Control Output.........30 Zoning System.........67
Building Pressure Sensor.........29
Digital Room Sensor.........12
Duct Mounted CO2 Sensor.........13

NOTES

NOTES

2425 So. Yukon Ave • Tulsa, OK 74107-2728
www.aaon.com Ph: (918) 583-2266 • Fax: (918) 583-6094
AAON® Manual Part No. V09260
WattMaster Manual Form No: AA-VCMX-EBUS-TGD-01K

VCM-X Modular E-BUS Controller Technical Guide: Factory Packaged Controls

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

VCM-X Modular E-BUS Controller Technical Guide: Factory Packaged Controls

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

VCM-X Modular E-BUS Controller Technical Guide: Factory Packaged Controls

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Factory Packaged Controls

VCM-X Modular E-BUS

RS-485 COMMUNICATION LOOP. WIRE RELAY CONTACT

VCM-X MODULAR E-BUS CONTROLLER AAON No.:

AI1 = SPC (SPACE TEMPERATURE SENSOR)

THERM HIGH SAT 2 4

ANALOG INPUT JUMPER SETTINGS 24 VAC POWER ONLY

STATIC WattMaster Label IC

INSTALLATION AND WIRING.............................................................................................................................10

ADDITIONAL APPLICATIONS ............................................................................................................................36

WattMaster Controls Inc. AAON Part Number: V09260

START UP AND COMMISSIONING ....................................................................................................................48

INPUTS AND OUTPUTS .....................................................................................................................................50

SEQUENCE OF OPERATION .............................................................................................................................53

VCM-X E-BUS Modular Controller Technical Guide 3

4 VCM-X Modular E-BUS Controller Technical Guide

Features • Selectable Control Sensor

These controllers are designed with 7 analog inputs, 2 analog outputs,

• Up to a Combined Total of 20 Stages of Heating & Cooling

VCM-X Modular E-BUS Controller Technical Guide 5

E-BUS Module Applications Constant Air Volume Unit

6 VCM-X Modular E-BUS Controller Technical Guide

0.29 2.75 1.49

RS-485 COMMUNICATION LOOP. WIRE RELAY CONTACT

VCM-X MODULAR E-BUS CONTROLLER AAON No.:

8.38 7.83 E-BUS

Figure 1: OE332-23E-VCMX MOD & WSHP – VCM-X E-BUS Controller Dimensions

VCM-X Modular E-BUS Controller Technical Guide 7

VCM-X Expansion Module AAON No.:

Figure 2: OE333-23-EM – VCM-X Expansion Module Dimensions

8 VCM-X Modular E-BUS Controller Technical Guide

Figure 3: OE358-23-12R – 12-Relay Expansion Module Dimensions

Figure 4: OE356-01-BI – 4 Binary Input Expansion Module Dimensions

VCM-X Modular E-BUS Controller Technical Guide 9

General Warning: When using a single transformer to power more

Table 1: Voltage and Environment Requirements

10 VCM-X Modular E-BUS Controller Technical Guide

For Stand Alone Applications,

RELAY G - Fan ON/OFF Only

T to T, R to R & SHLD to SHLD RELAY 3

Relay Output Contacts

MUST BE SET AS SHOWN FOR WARNING! POLARITY MUST BE OBSERVED

STATIC WattMaster Label

Connect To Digital Room Sensor And/Or

Connect FRP Tubing To High Pressure

Figure 5: OE332-23E-VCMX – VCM-X E-BUS Controller Wiring

VCM-X Modular E-BUS Controller Technical Guide 11

Digital Room Sensor Wall Mounted Space CO2 Sensor

Note: When Only The Digital Room Sensor 0-5V

Appropriate Length. The Maximum Length Allowed AI7

Is 160 Feet. See Figure 7 For Connection When 0-5V

PROPER OPERATION OR THE CONTROLLER WILL BE DAMAGED

STATIC WattMaster Label I2C I2C DIGITAL

OVERRIDE ALARM VCM-X E-BUS

Digital Room Sensor

Figure 6: OE217-00/01 – Digital Room Sensor Wiring

Used In Combination With The CO2 0-5V

Connects To The VCM-X E-BUS AI5 4-20mA

Controller First Using a TSDRSC Cable AI7